0% found this document useful (0 votes)
1K views210 pages

Study Material Class X Maths

This document provides a study material for mathematics for class 10 prepared by the Kendriya Vidyalaya Sangathan Regional Office in Guwahati, Assam, India. It includes an introduction by the deputy commissioner and others in leadership positions. It then lists the editorial team who compiled and edited the material. Next, it allocates chapters to different teachers from various Kendriya Vidyalayas to prepare the material. Finally, it provides sample papers to assess the students.

Uploaded by

shobitgup
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
1K views210 pages

Study Material Class X Maths

This document provides a study material for mathematics for class 10 prepared by the Kendriya Vidyalaya Sangathan Regional Office in Guwahati, Assam, India. It includes an introduction by the deputy commissioner and others in leadership positions. It then lists the editorial team who compiled and edited the material. Next, it allocates chapters to different teachers from various Kendriya Vidyalayas to prepare the material. Finally, it provides sample papers to assess the students.

Uploaded by

shobitgup
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 210

Kendriya Vidyalaya Sangathan Regional Office Guwahati

STUDY MATERIAL
MATHEMATICS
Class-X(Session:2022-23)

As per new CBSE paper pattern


UNDER THE AEGIS OF

Sh. Varun Mitra Sir


Deputy Commissioner KVS RO Guwahati

Under the GUIDANCE of Under the MENTORSHIP of

Sh. Venkteswar Prasad B


Assistant Commissioner Sh. B.K. Tiwari
KVS RO Guwahati Vice-Principal
KV AFS Jorhat Assam

The Editorial Team


 Mr. RAM RAJ SHARMA (PGT MATHS) (EDITOR-IN-CHIEF)
 Mr. AVINASH KUMAR (TGT MATHS) (EDITOR)
 Ms. CHANDA SUBBA (TGT MATHS) (EDITOR)
 MS. RITU JANGRA (TGT MATHS) (EDITOR)

 The Compiling and Editing has been done at KV No.1 AFS JORHAT ASSAM
ALLOCATION OF DUTIES FOR CHAPTER-WISE PREPARATION OF STUDY MATERIAL

Sr. Name of Teacher Name of KV Chapter I/C Name of Chapter


No. Allotted
1. 1. Mr. Yogbir Amerigog CRPF Mr. Yogbir Real Numbers
2. Mrs. Suman Rani Amerigog CRPF
3. Mr. Devendra Kumar Tezpur University
2. 1.Sh. Jaikishan Prasad Barpeta Sh. Jaikishan Polynomials
2. Smt. Alaka Bhagwati Borjhar Prasad
3. Mr. Rajeev Kumar Udalguri
3. 1. Sh. Kabindra Kumar Borjhar Sh. Kabindra Pair of Linear Equations in
Sarkar Borjhar Kumar Sarkar two variables
2. Smt. Susmita Das Borjhar
3. Sh. Madhari Kewat
4. 1. Mr. Dinesh Yadav Bokajan Mr. Dinesh Quadratic Equations
2. Mr. Ravindra Singh Dalgaon Yadav
3. Mr. Bhaskar Biswas Digaru

5. 1. Ms. Diksha Sharma Diphu Ms. Diksha Arithmetic Progressions


2. Mr. Vaseem Diphu Sharma
3. Mr. Rajesh Kumar Gurjar Namrup

6. 1.Mr. Jitu Rajkonwar Golaghat Mr. Jitu Triangles


2. Mr Hemant Mandloi Doom Dooma Rajkonwar
3. Mr. Yogesh Kumar Gerukamukh
Kaushik
7. 1. Sh. Rajesh Bijarniya Goalpara Smt. Seema Coordinate Geometry
2. Sh. Ajit Singh Haflong Dhariwal
3. Smt. Seema Dhariwal IIT Guwahati
4. Smt. Ekta IIT Guwahati

8. 1.Sh. Ytharth Kamal Jagiroad SH. NITIN Introduction to


2.SH. NITIN BIJALWAN Jorhat (RRL) BIJALWAN Trigonometry
3. Ms. Kamini Jorhat (ONGC)
9. 1. Ms.Zinnia Khanapara G.R Ahmed Some Applications of
2. G.R Ahmed Khanapara Trigonometry
3. Mrs.Rajni Sharma Khanapara

10. 1.Mr. Subendu Mondal Khatkhati Mr. Subendu Circles


2.Mr. Virbhan Kokrajhar Mondal
3.Sh. Naveen Singh Lokra

11. 1. Mr. Chhavi Ram Maligaon Mr.Chhavi Areas Related to Circles


2. Mr. Vivek kumar Maligaon Ram
3. Mr. Kunjan Chugh Maligaon

12. 1. Mr. Manish Sharma Lumding Mr. Manish Surface Areas and
2. Mr. Pramod Kumar Lumding Sharma Volumes
3. Mr. Pawan Kumar Misa Cantt
4. Mr. Navneet Kumar Misa Cantt

13. 1. Mr Ajoy Kumar Roy Panbari Mr. Sandeep Statistics


North Lakhimpur Chandravanshi
2. Sandeep Chandravanshi North Lakhimpur
3. Abhishek Sharma
14. 1. Nandita Dhar Narangi Ms.Nandita Probability
2. Aayushi Jain Narangi Dhar
3. Mr. Haradesh Shukla Sivasagar(Nazira)
4. Mr. G. S. Dharmesh Sivasagar(Nazira)

ALLOCATION OF DUTIES FOR PREPARATIOIN OF SAMPLE PAPER

Sr. No. Name of Teacher Name of KV Standard/Basic


1. Mr. Vikas Shukla Tezpur No.2 Standard
2. Mr. Abhishek Chaudhary Tezpur No.2 Standard
3. Mr. Sangam Kumar Tezpur No.2 Standard
4. Ms. Amarjit Tezpur No.1 Basic
5. Mr. Amit Pandey Tezpur No.1 Basic
6. Mr. Pankaj Kumar Tezpur No.1 Basic
TOTAL PAGES 7
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN GUWAHATI REGION
SAMPLE PAPER No.1
CLASS X
MATHEMATICS (Standard)
Time allowed: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
1. This Question Paper has 5 Sections A-E.
2. Section A has 20 MCQs carrying 1 mark each
3. Section B has 5 questions carrying 02 marks each.
4. Section C has 6 questions carrying 03 marks each.
5. Section D has 4 questions carrying 05 marks each.
6. Section E has 3 case based integrated units of assessment (04 marks each) with subparts
of the values of 1, 1 and 2 marks each respectively.
7. All Questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice in 2 Qs of 5 marks, 2 Qs of 3
marks and 2 Questions of 2 marks has been provided. An internal choice has been
provided in the 2marks questions of Section E
Draw neat figures wherever required. Take π =22/7 wherever required if not stated.

SECTION – A
(Section A consists of 20 questions of 1 mark each.)
1. P and Q are two positive integers such that P= p3q and Q=(pq)2, where p and q 1
are prime numbers. What is LCM(P,Q) ?
a). pq b). p2q2
c). p3q2 d). p5q3
2. PQ is a chord of a circle and PT is the 1
tangent at P such that ∠QPT = 60°. Then
∠PRQ is equal to

a). 135° b). 150°


c). 120° d). 110°
3. If the difference of Mode and Median of a data is 24, then the difference of 1
median and mean is
a). 8 b). 12
c). 24 d). 36
4. A line intersects the y-axis & x-axis at the points P and Q, respectively. If (2, –5) 1
is the mid-point of PQ, then the coordinates of P and Q are, respectively
a). (0, – 5) and (2, 0) b). (0, 10) and (– 4, 0)
c). (0, 4) and (– 10, 0) d). (0, – 10) and (4, 0)
5. If a pair of linear equations is consistent, then the lines will be 1
a). Parallel b). always coincident
c). Intersecting or coincident d). always intersecting
6. The number of revolutions made by a circular wheel of radius 0.25m in rolling a 1
distance of 11km is
a). 2800 b). 4000
c). 5500 d). 7000
7. Given that sin 𝑥𝑥 = 1 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 cos 𝑦𝑦 = 1, then the value of (x+y) is : 1
2 2
a). 0° b). 30°
c). 60° d). 90°
8. 1+𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡θ 1
Given that secθ=√2, the value of is
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠θ
a). 2√2 b). √2
c). 3√2 d). 2

9. In triangles ABC and DEF, ∠ B = ∠ E, ∠ F = ∠ C and AB = 3 DE. Then, the 1


two triangles are
a). congruent but not similar. b). similar but not congruent.
c). neither congruent nor similar. d). congruent as well as similar.
10. Two dice are rolled simultaneously. What is the probability that 6 will come up at 1
least once?
1 7
a). b).
6 36
11 13
c). d).
36 36
2
11. How many zero(es) does the polynomial 293x -293x have? 1

a). 0 b). 1
c). 2 d). 3
12. The quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeroes is -5 and their product is 6, is 1

a). 𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 6 b). 𝑥𝑥 2 − 5𝑥𝑥 + 6


c). 𝑥𝑥 2 − 5𝑥𝑥 − 6 d). −𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 6
13. The radius of quadrant of circle where the circumference of of circle is 176m,is 1

a). 24cm b). 35cm


c). 56cm d). 28cm
14. If in two triangles ABC and PQR, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 1
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
a). ∆PQR⁓∆CAB b). ∆PQR⁓∆ABC
c). ∆CBA⁓∆PQR d). ∆BCA⁓∆PQR
15. If n is a natural number, then 2(5n+6n) always ends with 1
a). 4 b). 3
c). 2 d). 1
16. The radius of a sphere (in cm) whose volume is 12π cm3 is 1
a). 3 b). 31/2
c). 32/3 d). 31/3
17. Empirical relation between mean, median and mode is 1
a). 2Mode = Median – 3Mean b). Mode = 2Median + 3Mean
c). 3Mode = Median – 2Mean d). Mode = 3Median – 2Mean
18. If sinθ = cosθ, then find the value of 2tanθ + cos2θ. 1
5 1
a). b).
2 2
5 3
c). d).
4 2
19. DIRECTION: In the question number 19 and 20, a statement of assertion (A) is 1
followed by a statement of Reason (R).
Choose the correct option

Statement A (Assertion): If product of two numbers is 5780 and their HCF is 17,
then their LCM is 340
Statement R(Reason): HCF is always a factor of LCM
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct
explanation of assertion (A)
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is not the correct
explanation of assertion (A)
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.
20. Assertion (A): The ratio in which the line segment joining (2, -3) and (5, 6) 1
internally divided by x axis is 1:2.
𝑚𝑚𝑥𝑥2 +𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑥1 𝑚𝑚𝑦𝑦2 +𝑛𝑛𝑦𝑦1
Reason (R): as formula for the internal division is
𝑚𝑚+𝑛𝑛 𝑚𝑚+𝑛𝑛

(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct
explanation
of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct
explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
SECTION B
(Section B consists of 5 questions of 2 marks each.)

21. Solve for x and y : 3x-5y=4 and 9x-2y=7 2

22. In the given figure, DEFG is a 2


square and ∠BAC=90°. Show that
FG2=BG×FC.

23. A circle touches all the four sides of a quadrilateral ABCD. Prove that 2
AB+CD=BC+DA.
24. A piece of wire 22cm long is bent into the form of an arc of a circle subtending 2
an angle of 60° at its centre. Find the radius of the circle.
OR
The perimeter of a sector of a circle of radius 5.2cm is 16.4cm. find the area of
the sector.
25. If tan 𝐴𝐴 = 3, find the value of 1 + 1 . 2
4 sin 𝐴𝐴 cos 𝐴𝐴

OR
If √3 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 0° < θ < 90°,find the value of θ.
SECTION C
Section C consists of 6 questions of 3 marks each.
26. Prove that √5 is irrational. 3
27. If one root of the quadratic equation 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 4 = 0 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 2, then find the 3
3
value of p and the other root of the equation.
28. A train covered a certain distance at a uniform speed. If the train would have been 3
6 km/h faster, it would have taken 4 hours less than the scheduled time. And, if
the train were slower by 6 km/hr ; it would have taken 6 hours more than the
scheduled time. Find the length of the journey.
OR
Anuj had some chocolates, and he divided them into two lots A and B. He sold
the first lot at the rate of ₹2 for 3 chocolates and the second lot at the rate of ₹1
per chocolate, and got a total of ₹400. If he had sold the first lot at the rate of ₹1
per chocolate, and the second lot at the rate of ₹4 for 5 chocolates, his total
collection would have been ₹460. Find the total number of chocolates he had.
29. If sin θ + cos θ = √3 , then prove that tan θ + cot θ = 1 3
30. Prove that a parallelogram circumscribing a circle is a rhombus. 3
OR
If a circle touches the side BC of a triangle ABC at P and extended sides AB and
AC at Q and R, respectively,
prove that
1
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = (𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 + 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 + 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)
2

31. Cards on which numbers 1,2,3………100 are written(one number on one card 3
and no number is repeated) and put in a bag and are mixed thoroughly. A card is
drawn at random from the bag. Find the probability that card taken out has.
a) an even number.
b) a perfect square.
c) a prime number less than 20.
SECTION D
(Section D consists of 4 questions of 5 marks each.)

32. To fill a swimming pool two pipes are used. If the pipe of larger diameter used 5
for 4 hours and the pipe of smaller diameter for 9 hours, only half of the pool can
be filled. Find, how long it would take for each pipe to fill the pool separately, if
the pipe of smaller diameter takes 10 hours more than the pipe of larger diameter
to fill the pool?
OR
In a flight of 600km, an aircraft was slowed down due to bad weather. Its average
speed for the trip was reduced by 200 km/hr from its usual speed and the time of
the flight increased by 30 min. Find the scheduled duration of the flight.

33. State and prove Basic Proportionality Theorem. 5


In the adjoining figure, DE || AC and
DC || AP.
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
Prove that = .
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶

34. A vessel is in the form of an inverted cone. Its height is 8 cm and the radius of its 5
top, which is open, is 5 cm. It is filled with water up to the brim. When lead shots,
each of which is a sphere of radius 0.5 cm are dropped into the vessel, one-fourth
of the water flows out. Find the number of lead shots
dropped in the vessel.
OR
A solid toy is in the form of a hemisphere surmounted
by a right circular cone. The height of the cone is 2 cm
and the diameter of the base is 4 cm. Determine the
volume of the toy. If a right circular cylinder
circumscribes the toy, find the difference of the
volumes of the cylinder and the toy.
(Take π = 3.14)

35. On annual day of a school,400 students participated in the function. Frequency 5


distribution showing their ages is as shown in the following table:

Age (in years) 05-07 07-09 09-11 11-13 13-15 15-17 17-19
Number of
70 120 32 100 45 28 5
students
Find mean and median of the above data.

SECTION E
(Case-study based questions are compulsory.)
36. The school auditorium was to
be constructed to accommodate
at least 1500 people. The chairs
are to be placed in concentric
circular arrangement in such a
way that each succeeding
circular row has 10 seats more
than the previous one.

(i) If the first circular row has


30 seats, how many seats will 1
be there in the 10th row?
(ii) For 1500 seats in the auditorium, how many rows need to be there? 1
OR
If 1500 seats are to be arranged in the auditorium, how many seats are still left to
be put after 10th row?
(iii) If there were 17 rows in the auditorium, how many seats will be there in the
middle row? 2
37. KITE FESTIVAL
kite festival is
celebrated in
many countries at
different times of
the year. In India,
every year 14th
January is
celebrated as
International Kite
Day. On this day
many people visit
India and
participate in the festival by flying various kinds of kites.
The picture given, show three kites flying together

In figure, the angle of elevation of two kites (points A and B) from the hands of a
man (Point C) are found to be 30° and 60° respectively. Taking AD=50m and
BE=60m, find.
a). the lengths of strings used (take them straight) for kites A and B as shown in 1+1
the figure.
b). the distance ‘d’ between these two kites. 2
38. Hitesh starts walking from his house to office. Instead of going to the office
directly, he goes to a bank
first, from there to his
daughter’s school and then
reaches his office.
(Assume that all distances
covered are in straight lines).
If the house is situated at
(2,4), bank at (5,8), school at
(13,14) and office at (13,26)
and coordinates are in km.

a). Find is the distance between (i) house and bank, (ii) Daughter’s school? 1+1
b). what is the total distance travelled by Hitesh to reach the office? 2
******

ANSWERS KEY
SAMPLE PAPER No.1
SECTION-A
1 c). p3q2
2 c). 120°
3 b). 12
4 d). (0, – 10) and (4, 0)
5 c). Intersecting or coincident
6 d). 7000
7 d). 90°
8 a). 2√2
9 b). similar but not congruent.
10 c). 11/36
11 c). 2
12 a). 𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 6
13 d). 28cm
14 a). ∆PQR⁓∆CAB
15 c). 2
16 c). 32/3
17 d). Mode = 3Median – 2Mean
18 a). 5/2
19 (b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is not the
correct explanation of assertion (A)
20 (a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the
correct explanation of Assertion (A).
SECTION B
21 Y= -5/13 ; X=9/13
22 Proof
23 Proof
24 Radius = 21cm
OR
Area = 15.6 sq. units.
25 35/12
OR
30°
SECTION C
26 Proof
27 P= -8; root = 2
28 Length is 720km.
OR
500 chocolates.
29 Proof
30 Proof
31 a). ½
b). 1/10
c). 2/25
SECTION D
32 Larger pipe 20 hours
Smaller pipe 30 hours
OR
1 hour duration.
33 Proof
34 100lead shots
OR
25.12cm3
35 Mean = 10.17
Median= 9.625
SECTION E
36 i). 120
ii). n=15
OR
750
iii). 110seats
37 a). 100m and 40√3 m
b). 20√37 cm.
38 a). (i). 5km (ii). 10km
b). 27km
****
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN
GUWAHATI REGION
Sample Paper No.2
CLASS – X Session 2022-23
SUBJECT: MATHEMATICS (Standard)
Time allowed: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80

GENERAL INSTRUCTION:
1. This question paper has 5 Sections A, B, C, D and E.
2. Section A has 20 MCQs carrying 1 mark each.
3. Section B has 5 questions carrying 02 marks each.
4. Section C consists of 6 questions carrying 03 marks each.
5. Section D consists of 4 questions carrying 05 marks each.
6. Section E consists of 3 case based integrated units of assessment (04 marks each) with sub-parts
of the values of 1,1 and 2 marks each respectively.
7. All questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice in 2 Qs of 5 marks, 2 Qs of 3 marks
and 2 questions of 2 marks has been provided. An internal choice has been provided in the 2
marks questions of section E
22
8. Draw neat figures wherever required. Take π = wherever required if not stated.
7
Section -A
(Section A consists of 20 questions of 1 mark each)
Q.NO (Section A consists of 20 questions of 1 mark each) Marks
1. The ratio of LCM and HCF of the least composite and the least prime number is 1
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 1 (d) 1 : 3
2. If the lines represented by 3x + 2py = 2 and 2x + 5y + 1 = 0 are parallel, then the 1
value of p is:
15 19
(a) (b) 13 (c) 12 (d)
4 2
3. 2
Determine the roots of the equation √3 x – 2x - √3 = 0 1
1 1 1
(a) √3, - (b) 1, - (c) √3, -1 (d) , -1
√3 2 √3

4. The pair of linear equation y = 0 and y = −7 has: 1


(a) one solution (b) no solution
(c) infinitely many solutions (d) can’t say
5. The graph of y = p(x) is given in then figure for some 1
polynomial p(x). How many zeroes of p(x) are there ?
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

6. If sin A = 1/2, then the value of cot A is 1


(a) √3 (b) 1/√3 (c) √3 /2 (d) 1
7. Find the 30th term of the AP: 10, 7 , 4,…… is 1
(a) 97 (b) 77 (c) - 77 (d) -87
8. The perimeter of a quadrant of a circle of radius r is: 1
𝑟𝑟 2 r
(a) (b) π + 4 (c) (π + 4) (d) r + 63
2 2
9. If the mode of a data is 18 and the mean is 24, then median is ? 1
(a) 20 (b) 21 (c) 34 (d) 22

10. A bag contains 3 red balls and 5 black balls. A ball is drawn at random from the 1
bag. What is the probability that the ball drawn is red”
3 8 5 8
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8 3 8 15
11. If TQ and TP are two tangents to a circle with centre O so that ∠𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = 110̊ , then 1
∠PTQ is equal to:
(a) 60̊ (b) 70̊ (c) 80̊ (d) 90̊
12. In the given figure DE ∥ BC. EC is equal to: 1

(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 3 cm (d) 2.5 cm

13. The value of sin 30̊ cos 60̊ + sin 60̊ cos 30̊ is: 1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
14. The sum of the exponents of prime factors in the prime factorisation of 250 is: 1
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1
15. A quadrilateral ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a 1
circle. If AB = 12 cm, BC = 15cm, and CD = 14
cm, then AD is equal to:

(a) 10 cm (b) 11 cm
(c) 12 cm (d) 13 cm

16. If the ratio of a cone’s radius to a cylinder’s radius is 3 : 5, then the ratio of their 1
heights is:
(a) 25:3 (b) 28:3 (c) 23:3 (d) 7:5
17. If a line segment AB of length 6 cm is divided internally by a point C in the ratio 1
3:2 , then the length of AC is:
( a) 4 cm (b) 2.5 cm (c) 2.6 cm (d) 3.6 cm
18. The mid point of the line segment joining the points (-2, 4) and (6 ,10) is: 1
(a) (2, 7) (a) (5, 2) (c) (3, 5) (d) (4, 7)
DIRECTIONS: In the question number 19 and 20, a statement of assertion (A) is
followed by a statement of reason (R).
Choose the correct option as:
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explation
of assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason ( R) are true and reason (R) is not the correct
explation of assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.
19. Statement A (Assertion): (cos4 A – sin4 A) is equal to 2cos2 A – 1. 1
Statement R (Reason): The value of cosA decrease as A increases.
20. Statement A (Assertion): If the value of mode and mean is 60 and 66 respectively, 1
then the value of median is 68.
Statement R (Reason): Median = 1/3( mode + 2 mean).
SECTION-B
Section B consists of 6 questions carrying 03 marks each.
21. Prove that the points (2, -2), (-2, 1) and (5, 2) are the vertices of a right-angled 2
triangle.
OR
The x- coordinate of a point P is twice its y- coordinate. If P is equidistant from
Q(2, -5) and R(-3, 6), find the coordinates of P.
22. A heap of rice is in the form of a cone of base diameter 24 m and height 3.5 m. 2
How much canvas cloth is required to just cover the heap?
23. α, β are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 2
1
p(x) = 𝑥𝑥 2 − (𝑘𝑘 + 6)𝑥𝑥 + 2(2𝑘𝑘 − 1). Find the value of k, if α + β = 3 αβ .
24. Evaluate: 2

25. If the HCF (210, 55) is expressible in the form 210 × 5 – 55y, then find y. 2
OR
n
Prove that the number 6 can never end with the digit 0, where n is a natural
number.
SECTION-C
Section C consists of 6 questions carrying 03 marks each.
26. In a class test, the sum of Shefali's marks in Mathematics and English is 30. Had she 3
got 2 marks more in Mathematics and 3 marks less in English, the product of their
marks would have been 210. Find her marks in the two subjects.

27. In the given figure ∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ~ ∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, such that


𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 5
= . 3
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 3
If XY = 4 cm and BY bisects ∠ 𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋𝑋, find AY.

28. The sum of the 4th and 8th terms of an AP is 24 and the sum of the 6th and 10th terms 3
is 44. Find the first three terms of the AP.
29. Points A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) are the vertices of ∆ABC. Find the 3
coordinates of the Q and R on median BE and CF respectively, such that
BQ : QE = 2 : 1
30. The median of the distribution given below is 14.4. Find the values of x and y, if the 3
sum of all the frequencies is 20.
Class interval 0-6 6-12 12-18 18-24 24-30
Frequency 4 x 5 y 1
31. Water is flowing at the rate of 15 km/hour through a pipe of diameter 14 cm into a 3
cuboidal pond which is 50 m long and 44 m wide. In what time will the level of
water in the pond rise by 21 cm?
OR
A chord of a circle of radius 10 cm subtends a right angle at the centre. Find the
area of the corresponding:
(i) minor segment
(ii) major segment
Section- D
(Section D consists of 4 questions of 05 marks each.)
32. A sum of Rs 700 is to be used to give seven cash prizes to students of a school for 5
their overall academic performance. If each prize Rs 20 less than its preceding
prize, find the value of each of the prizes.
OR
A spiral is made up of successive semicircles, with centres alternately at A and B,
starting with centre at A, of radii 0.5 cm, 1.0 cm, 1.5 cm, 2.0 cm, … as shown in
figure. What is the total length of such a spiral made up of thirteen consecutive
semicircles? (Take π = 22/7)
33. The lower window of a house is at a height of 2 m above the ground and its upper 5
window is 4 m above the lower window. At certain instant, the angles of elevation
of a balloon from these windows are observed to be 60̊ and 30̊, respectively. Find
the height of the balloon from the ground.
34. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB ∥ DC and P, Q are points on AD and BC 5
respectively, such that PQ ∥ DC. If PD = 18 cm, BQ= 35 cm and QC = 15 cm, then
find the length of AD.
35. Ajay had some banana and he divided them into two lots A and B. He sold lot A at 5
the rate of Rs 2 for 3 bananas and lot B at the rate of Rs of 1 per banana and got a
total of Rs 400. If he had sold lot A at the rate of Rs 1 per banana and lot B at the
rate of Rs 4 for 5 bananas his total collection would have been Rs 460. Find the
total number of bananas he had.
OR
A bag contains 40 balls out of which x are white. If one ball is drawn at random the
probability of drawing a white ball is y. Now place this ball and 20 more white balls
in this bag. Now, if a ball is drawn from the bag the probability of drawing a white
ball is 4y. Find x
SECTION- E
Case Study Based Questions- (Section E has 3 questions. All are compulsory)
36. A game of chance consists of spinning an arrow which comes to rest pointing at one
of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8(see figure), and these are equally likely
outcomes. On the basis of the above information, answer the
following questions:

What is the probability that the arrow will point at:

(A) An odd number. 1


(B) A number greater than 2. 1
(C) Multiple of 2. 2
OR
Composite numbers.
37. Earth is excavated to make a railway tunnel. The tunnel is a cylinder of radius 5 m
and length 450 m. A level surface is laid inside the tunnel to carry the railway lines.
The diagram 1 shows the circular cross- section of the tunnel. The level surface is
represented by AB, the space below AB is filled with rubble (debris from the
demolition buildings)

Diagram (1) Diagram (2)

Steel girders are erected above the tracks to strengthen the tunnel. Some of these are
shown in diagram 2. The girders are erected at 6 m intervals along the length of the
tunnel, with one at each end.
On the basis of the above information, answer the following questions:
(A) Find the volume of the earth removed to make the tunnel. 1
(B) Find the area of the ∆AOB shown in diagram. 1
(C) Find the length of each girder. 2
OR
Find total length of steel required in the 450 m length of tunnel and how many
girders are erected?
38. A radio mast PQ, of height h meters is
standing vertically on the horizontal
ground. From A, the angle of elevation of
the top of the mast is found to be 45̊. On
moving 50 m up a slope of 15̊, the angle of
elevation of P is found to be 75̊ from B.
The horizontal through B is BC.

On the basis of the above information,


answer the following questions:
(A) Find the measure of ∠APC 1
(B) Find the measure of ∠BPC. 1
(C) Find the length BP. 2
OR
Find the length AP and also find the approximate value of h.
Sample Question Paper-3
Class-X
Subject: Mathematics (Standard)

Time Allowed: 3 hours Maximum Marks -80

General Instructions:-

1. This question paper has 5 sections A-E


2. Section A has 20 MCQs carrying 1 mark each.
3. Section B has 5 questions carrying 2 marks each.
4. Section C has 6 questions carrying 03 marks each.
5. Section D has 4 questions carrying 5 marks each.
6. Section E has 3 case based integrated units of assessment (04 marks each) with sub parts of value 1, 1 and 2 marks
each respectively.
7. All Questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice has been given in some questions.
been provided. An internal choice has been provided in the 2 marks question of section E
22
8 Draw neat and clean figure wherever required. Take 𝜋𝜋 = . Wherever required if not stated.
7

SECTION -A
Q.1 Let q be a prime number. The quadratic equation having its root as factor of q 1
a) 𝑥𝑥 2 -qx + q = 0 c) 𝑥𝑥 2 – (q+1) x +q =0
b) 𝑥𝑥 2 + (q+1) X +q =0 d) 𝑥𝑥 2 – qx +q +1 =0
Q.2 In the given figure, DE ǁ BC, AE= a unit, EC = units, DE = x units and BC = y units. Which of the following 1
true?

𝑎𝑎+𝑏𝑏 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
a) x= c) y=
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎+𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎
b) x= d) =
𝑎𝑎+𝑏𝑏 𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏
Q.3 Find the 5th term of an AP: x+7, x+2, x-3, x-8,……… 1
a) x-13 c) x+13
b) 13 x d) x+5
Q.4 If 3 cos A = 1, then find the value of cosec A 1
1 3
a) c)
√2 2√2
2√2 5
b) 3
d)
√2
Q.5 The sum of first 10 even natural number is: 1
a) 100 c) 110
b) 120 d) 130
Q.6 Th total surface area of a quadrant of a sphere of radius ‘r’ is 1
1
a) 2𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 c) 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 2
2
4 3
b) 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 d) 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
3 4
Q.7 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 6
In a triangle ABC, if DE is parallel to BC , 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 8 and AC is 30 cm , then length of AE is 1
90 6
a) cm c) cm
7 8
45 23
b) 7
cm d) 6 cm
Q.8 The roots of the quadratic equation (4x-1) (x+3)=0 are 1
−1 1
a) ,3 c) , -3
4 4
4 1
b) ,3 d) -3,
−1 −4
Q.9 If A (6,2), B(4,2) and C( 6,4) are the vertices of ∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 then length of the median through C is 1
a) √2 units c) √5 units
b) √3 units d)√7 units

The L.C.M. of (24 x 3 x5) and( 23 x 4 x5x7) is 1


Q.10 a) 1680 c)3360
b) 1200 d) 15400
If ratio between surface area of two sphere is 25:36, then the ratio between their volume is 1
Q.11 a) 5:6 c) 25:36
b) 125: 216 d) 1:2
What will be discriminant of the quadratic equation 4𝑥𝑥 2 -12x +9 is 1
Q.12 a) 288 c) 0
b) 144 d) 2
1−cos2 𝜃𝜃
The value of 1+cot2 𝜃𝜃 will be 1
Q.13
a) sin Ɵ c) sin4 𝜃𝜃
b) cos 𝜃𝜃 d) tan4 𝜃𝜃
The condition for the points (x,0), (0,y) and (1,1) to be collinear, is 1
Q.14 a) 0
1
c) =1
𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
1 1 1 1
b) – =1 d) + =1
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
If difference of mode and mean is24. find difference of median and mean 1
Q.15 a) 12 c) 8
b) 24 d) 16
If ABCD is trapezium with AD ǁ BC and AD = 5cm. I the diagonals AC and BD intersect each other at O 1
Q.16 such that
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
=
𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 1
= , then BC =?
𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 2

a) 6cm c) 8cm
b) 10 cm d) 7 cm
Express 5005 as poduct of its prime factoization . 1
Q.17 a) 5 x 7 x 11 x 13 c) 3 x 5 x 11 x 13
b) 7 x 19 x 11 d) 2 x 3 x 7 x 5 x 13
Q.18 Find te coordinates of a point on y- axis which is equidistant from the points (6,5) and (-4,3)
a) (0,9) c) (3,2)
b) (4,2) d) (3,2)
Directions: In qustion number 19 and 20, a statement os asserrtion (A) is followed by a statement of reason
(R) . choose the correct option as
(a) Both assertion(A) and reason(R) are true and reason (R) is correct explanation of assertion (A)
(b) Both assertion(A) and reason(R) are true and reason (R) is not correct explanation of assertion(A)
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason(R ) is false
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason(R) is true.
Q.19 Statement A (Assertion) : Volume of the cylinder having radius of the base 14cm and height 15cm is 1
9240𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 .
1 2
Reason (R) : If r be radius and h be height of the cylinder volume of cylinder is πr h .
2
Statement A( Assertion) : If a die is thrown , the probability of getting an even prime number is 0 1
Q.20 Reason : Even prime number is 2 so probability of getting 2 will be 6
1

SECTION -B
(Section B consisit of 5 questions of 2 marks each.)
Q.21 A tree casts a shadow of 6√3 m on ground . If the sun’s elevation is 60˚ , then find the height of the tree? 2
OR
5 cos2 60°+4 sec2 30°+ tan2 45°
Evaluate:
sin2 30°+cos2 30

Q.22 Show that 9+√7 is an irrational number. 2


Q.23 In the given figure , o is centre of circle. Find ∠AQB, given that PA and PB are tangents to the cicle and 2
∠APB =80˚

Q.24 In two concentric circle , if a chord AB of the outer circle is a tangent to the inner circle at P , then prove that 2
P is mid point of AB. +
Q.25 Using prime factorization , find the HCF and LCM of 180 and 270. 2
OR
Write the prime factorisation of 8190.
SECTION-C
(Section C consisit of 6 questions of 3 marks each)
Q.26 Find the zeroes of the polynomial 2𝑥𝑥 2 –(1+2√2)x +√2 3
OR
𝛼𝛼, 𝛽𝛽 are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial p(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 2 –(k +6)𝑥𝑥 + 2(2𝑘𝑘 − 1). Find the value of k , if
1
𝛼𝛼 + 𝛽𝛽 = 𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
3
Q.27 In the centre of a circle with a radius of OA= 10 cm, a chord AB subtends∠AOB= 60˚ angle. Find the area of 3
corresponding major and minor segment

Q.28 3

𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
In t given figure, 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 AND ∠1 = ∠2. Show that ∆𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 ~ ∆𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶
Q.29 If sum and poduct of roots of a quadatic polnomial are -3 and 2 respectively,then find a quadatic polynomial 3
and zeroes of the polynomial so obtained.
Q.30 1
In ∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 right angles at B, if tanA = 3 find value of cosA cos C+ sin A sinC 3

OR
tan3 𝜃𝜃 cot3 𝜃𝜃
Prove that + =sec 𝜃𝜃 cosec 𝜃𝜃 − 2 sin 𝜃𝜃 cos 𝜃𝜃
1+tan2 𝜃𝜃 1+cot2 𝜃𝜃

Q.31 In what ratio does the y-axis divides the line segment joining thr points (-4,-6) and (-1,7) ? Find the 3
coordinates of the point of division.
Section -D
( Section D consisit of 4 questions of 5 marks each)
Q.32 State and Prove Basic Prportionality Theorem. 5
OR
D and E are points on the sides CA and CB respectively of a ∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 , right angled at C. Prove that 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 2 +
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 2 = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴2 + 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 2

Q.33 In a flight of 900km an aircraft was slowed down due to bad weather .Its average speed for the trip was 5
reduced by 300km/h from its usual speed and the time of flight increased by 30 minutes . Find the sheduled
duration of the flight.
Q.34 The angle of depression of top and bottom of building 100m high as observed from the top of a tower are 45˚ 5
and 60˚, respectively. Find the height of the tower and also the horizontal distance between building and
tower.
OR
1+sec 𝐴𝐴−tan 𝐴𝐴 1−sin 𝐴𝐴
Prove that =
1+𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+tan 𝐴𝐴 cos 𝐴𝐴
Q.35 There are 12 balls in a box , and x of them are black . what is probability that one ball will be picked at 5
random from the box will be a black ball? If there are now six additional black balls in the box , the
probability of drawing a black ball is now double of what it was before.find x
Section -E
(Case Study Based Question)
( Section E consist of 3 questions . All questions are compulsory)
Q.36 In a toys manufactuing company iron parts are assembled and painted to prepare a toy. One specific toy is in
the shape of a cone mounted on a hemisphere. For the iron processing activity centre . the iron is taken out of
storage to be sawed. After which it undergoes rough polishing , then is cut drilled and has holes punched in
it. It is then fine polished.
For the retail packaging and delivery activity center , the polished iron subparts are assembled together, then
decorated using paint .
The total height of the toy is 23 cm and height of conical part is 15 cm.The diameter of base of conical part is
16 cm.
On the basis of above information answer the following questions
A) If its hemispherical part is to be painted green, Find surface area need to be painted 1
B) If its conical part is to be painted yellow, find surface area need to be painted
2
OR
Find the volume of iron used in making this toy
C) If the cost of painting the toy is 10 paise per square centimeter, then find cost of painting the
toy.(Use 𝜋𝜋 = 3.14)
1

Q.37 National Disaster Relief fund (NDRF) was established toeelp the families of earthquake affected village .The
allotment officer is trying to come up with a method to calculate fair division of funds across various
affefcted families so that the fund amount and amount received per family can be adjusted based on daily
revised numbers

The total fund alloted is formulated by 𝑥𝑥 3 - 5𝑥𝑥 2 -2x -6 . The officers divided the fund equally among the
family of village and each family received an amount of (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2 after distribution an amount of 11x +1
should be left to have some buffer for future disbursements.
On the basis of above information. Answer the following questions:
(A) If an amunt of ₹1090 is left after distribution, what is value of x? 1
(B) How much amount(in rupees) does each family receive? 1
(C) What is amount(in rupees) of fund allocated
OR 2
If sum of squares of zeroes of the polynomial 𝑥𝑥 2 -8x +k is 20, then find the value of k
Q.38 Direct income in India was drastically impacted due to COVID-19 lockdown . Most of the companies
decided to bring down the salaries of the employees upto 50%.
The following table shows the salaries in(%) received by 50 employee during lockdown.

Salary received(in%) 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90


Number of 18 12 16 4
employees
Based on above data information, answer the following questions:
(A) Find cumulative frequenciesof given
2
data.
OR
What is mean salary received (in%) of 50 employee.
1
(B) What is number of employee whose salary was reduced by more than 30%
1
(C) What is the number of employees whose salary was reduced to by at most 40%
SOLUTIONS
Ans 1 2
a) 𝑥𝑥 –(q+1)x +q 1
Ans 2 b) 18
Ans 3 a) x-13
Ans 4 b) 3
2√2 1
Ans 5 c) 110 1
Ans 6 1
C ) 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 1
2
Ans 7 90
a) cm 1
7
Ans 8 1
C ) 4 ,-3 1
Ans 9 C ) √5 units 1
Ans10 C ) 3360 1
Ans 11 B) 125:216 1
Ans 12 C)0 1
Ans 13 C ) sin4 𝜃𝜃 1
Ans 14 1 1
D ) 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 =1 1
Ans 15 C)8 1
Ans 16 B ) 10 cm 1
Ans 17 5 x 7 x 11 x 13 1
Ans 18 A ) (0,9) 1
Ans 19 C ) A is true R is false 1
Ans 20 D ) A is false R is true
Section -B
𝑥𝑥
Ans 21 Tan 60 = 6 2
√3
𝑥𝑥
=> √3 =
6√3
= > x= 18 m
OR
5 cos2 60°+4 sec2 30°+ tan2 45° 91
: =
sin2 30°+cos2 30 12

𝑎𝑎
Ans 22 Let (9+�7) = 𝑏𝑏 be a rational number where a and b have no common factor 2
𝑎𝑎
√7 = -9
𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎−9𝑏𝑏 𝑎𝑎−9𝑏𝑏
→ √7 = since is a rational number , so √7 must be a rational number whhichh is a
𝑏𝑏
𝑏𝑏
contradiction.
Hence (9+�7) is an irrational number
Ans 23 2

∠AOB = 360˚ - (90˚ +90˚ + 80) =100˚ ( AOBP is a quadilatal)


Since angle subtnded by an arc at the center is twice to the angle subtended at cicumference by same arc
Hence ∠AOB = 2∠AQB → ∠AQB = 50˚
Ans 24 2

In ∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 &𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵,
AO =BO (same radii)
OP =OP (common)
∠APO =∠BPO ( each 90˚)
∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ≅ ∆𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 ( RHS)
Hence AP =BP
Ans 25 180 = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 5, 2
270 = 2 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 5 , HCF = 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 = 90
LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 5 =540
OR

Pime factor of 8190 = 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 x 7 x 13.


Section- C
Ans 26 2
2𝑥𝑥 –(1+2√2)x +√2 =0 3
→ 2𝑥𝑥 2 -x -2√2 x + √2 =0
=x(2x-1) -√2 (2x-1) =0
1
→(2x-1) (x - √2) =0 so zeroes are ,√2
2

According to question,
1
K+6 = [2(2𝑘𝑘 − 1)] => k = 20
3
Ans 27 𝜃𝜃
Area of minor segment = 360 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 = 6 ∏ x102
1 3
100𝜋𝜋
→ - (√3 /4) x 102
6

Area of major segment = 𝜋𝜋 x 102 –[(


100𝜋𝜋
6
- (√3 /4) x 10
2
]
Ans 28 In ∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, 3
∠1 = ∠2 → 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
Given, = ………………………………..(1)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
Using equation (1) we get , = ……………………………….(2)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
In ∆𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 ∆𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶, by equation (2)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
= 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ≫ ∠A =∠𝐴𝐴 (common)
Hence ∆𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 ~ ∆𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 proved.
Ans 29 𝛼𝛼 +𝛽𝛽 = −3 and 𝛼𝛼. 𝛽𝛽 = 2 3
So quadratic polynomial = 𝑥𝑥 2 - (𝛼𝛼 +𝛽𝛽)x +𝛼𝛼𝛼𝛼
= 𝑥𝑥 2 –(-3)x +2 =≫ 𝑥𝑥 2 + 3x +2
= 𝑥𝑥 2 + 2x + x +2
= x( x+2) + 1(x+2) =≫≫ (x+1) (x+2)
So zeroes are -1 and -2

Ans 30 tan A =
1
so AC =2 ( by Pythagoras theorem) from figure , cos 𝐴𝐴 =
√3 1 1 √3
, cos C = , sin A = , sin C = 2 3
√3 2 2 2

substituting t above values in equation


√3
cos A . cos C + sin A. sin C = (√3/4) +
4
√3) √3
= 2 x( )=
4 2
OR
1
tan3 𝜃𝜃 cot3 𝜃𝜃 tan3 𝜃𝜃 tan3 𝜃𝜃
L.HS. = + => = + 1+tan2 𝜃𝜃
1+tan2 𝜃𝜃 1+cot2 𝜃𝜃 1+tan2 𝜃𝜃
tan2 𝜃𝜃
tan3 𝜃𝜃 1
== +
1+tan2 𝜃𝜃 tan 𝜃𝜃(1+tan2 𝜃𝜃)
tan 𝜃𝜃 tan3 𝜃𝜃+1
=
tan 𝜃𝜃 (1+tan2 𝜃𝜃)
= sec 𝜃𝜃 cosec 𝜃𝜃 − 2 sin 𝜃𝜃 cos 𝜃𝜃 ( After expanding tan𝜃𝜃)

Ans 31 −𝑘𝑘−4 7𝑘𝑘−6


P(x,0) = P( 𝑘𝑘+1 , 𝑘𝑘+1 ) 3

 7k-6 =0
6 −34
 K= so coordianates of P are ( ,0)
7 13
Section -D
Ans 32 Proof: 5
Now the area of ∆APQ = 1/2 × AP × QN (Since, area of a triangle= 1/2× Base × Height)
Similarly, area of ∆PBQ= 1/2 × PB × QN
area of ∆APQ = 1/2 × AQ × PM
Also,area of ∆QCP = 1/2 × QC × PM ………… (1)
Now, if we find the ratio of the area of triangles ∆APQ and ∆PBQ, we have
Area of △APQ Area of △PBQ=12×AP×QN12×PB×QN=APPB
Similarly,
Area of △APQ Area of △QCP=12×AQ×PM12×QC×PM=AQQC…(2)
According to the property of triangles, the triangles drawn between the same parallel lines and on the same base
have equal areas.
Therefore, we can say that ∆PBQ and QCP have the same area.
area of ∆PBQ = area of ∆QCP …………..(3)
Therefore, from the equations (1), (2) and (3) we can say that,
AP/PB = AQ/QC
OR

Proof: n ΔABC, ∠ACB = 90°


D, E are points on AC, BC. Join AE, DE and BD as shown in the diagram above. In
ΔACE,

AE2 = AC2 + CE2 (Pythagoras theorem)............... (1)


In ΔDCB,
BD2 = CD2 + BC2 ....................................... (2)
Adding equations (1) and (2)
AE2 + BD2 = AC2 + CE2 + CD2 + BC2
= AC2 + BC2 + EC2 + CD2
= AB2 + DE2 [Since, in ΔABC, AC2 + BC2 = AB2 and in ΔCDE, CD2 + CE2 = DE2]
Therefore, AE2 + BD2 = AB2 + DE2
Ans 33 900 900 1 5
- =
𝑥𝑥−300 𝑥𝑥 2
900 x 300 x 2 = x(x-300)
540000 = 𝑥𝑥 2 -300x
 𝑥𝑥 2 -900x +600x -540000=0
 (𝑥𝑥−900)(x-600)
 𝑥𝑥 = 900𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘/ℎ , so sheduled duration of the flight is 1 hour.
Ans 34 Let eigt of tower be h m. 5

In ∆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 tan 60° =  h= √3 AB……………….(1)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
ℎ−100
Again tan 45° = => h= 100+AB………………..(2)
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
Fom equation 1 and 2
100 100√3
AB = SO height of tower is m
√3 −1 √3 −1

Ans 35 There are 12 balls in the box. So total number of favourable outcomes =12 5
Number of favourable outcomes =x
𝑥𝑥
Probability of getting a black ball = ,
12
If 6 balls are added then total number of favourable outcomes=18
Number of favourable outcomes= x+6
𝑥𝑥+6
P(getting a black ball) =
18
According to question,
𝑥𝑥+6 𝑥𝑥
= 2x => x= 3
18 12
Ans 36 i) Curved surface area of hemisphere= 2𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 5
= 2 x 3.14 x 8 x 8 sq.cm
= 401.92 sq. cm
ii) curved surace area of cone = 𝜋𝜋 𝑟𝑟 𝑙𝑙 = 3.14 x 8 x 17
= 427.04 sq.cm
OR
64𝜋𝜋
Volume of iron used = x (16+15)
3
iii) cost of painting the toy= (427.04+ 401.92) = 828.96 sq.cm
= 828.96 x 10paise = 8289.6 paise. Or 82.896₹
Ans 37 A) According to question, amount left = ₹1090 5
11x+1 =1090 so x = ₹99

B) Amount received by each family = (99 + 1)2 = ₹ 10000


C) Amount of fund allocated = 𝑥𝑥 3- 5𝑥𝑥 2 -2x -6 = 993 -5 x 992 – 2 x 99 -6
= ₹921090
Ans 38
Salary received No. of Cumulative Class mark(xi)
employee(fi) frequency
50-60 18 18 55
60-70 12 30 65
70-80 16 46 75
80-90 4 50 85
OR
∑ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 990+780+1200+340 3310
Mean salary = ∑ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
= = = 66.2
50 50
B) number of employees whose salary reduced by more than 30% = 12+18 =30
C) number of employees whose salary reduced at most 40% = 32
SAMPLE PAPER FOR BOARD EXAM 2022-23
CLASS: X
SUBJECT: MATHEMATICS (BASIC)
Time Allowed: 3Hrs. Max. Marks:80
Created by: Amarjit Verma TGT Maths ( KV Tezpur No.1)
General Instruction:
1. This Question Paper has 5 Sections A-E.
2. Section A has 20 MCQs carrying 1 mark each.
3. Section B has 5 questions carrying 02 marks each.
4. Section C has 6 questions carrying 03 marks each.
5. Section D has 4 questions carrying 05 marks each.
6. Section E has 3 case based integrated units of assessment (04 marks each) with sub-parts of the values
of 1, 1 and 2 marks each respectively.
7. All Questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice in 2 Qs of 5 marks, 2 Qs of 3 marks and 2
Questions of 2 marks has been provided.
8. Draw neat figures wherever required. Take π =22/7 wherever required if not stated.
1. The LCM of two numbers is 14 times their HCF. The sum of LCM and HCF is 600. If 1
one number is 280, then the other number is
(a) 20 (b) 28 (c) 60 (d) 80

2. 1
When 2120 is expressed as the product of its prime factors we get
(a) 2 × 5³ × 53 (b) 2³ × 5 × 53 (c) 5 × 7² × 31 (d) 5² × 7 × 33

3. 1
2
If p and q are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = 2x – 7x + 3, find the value
of p + q – pq is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) None of these

4. 1
The pair of linear equations 2x + 3y = 5 and 4x + 6y = 10 is
(a) inconsistent (b) consistent (c) dependent consistent (d) none of these

5. 1
Points A(3, 1), B(5, 1), C(a, b) and D(4, 3) are vertices of a parallelogram ABCD. The
values of a and b are respectively
(a) a = 6, b = 3 (b) a = 2, b = 1 (c) a = 4, b = 2 (d) None of these

6. 1

If ∆ABC ∼ ∆DEF, BC = 3 cm, EF = 4 cm and area of ∆ABC = 54 cm2. Then the area of
∆DEF is
(a) 54 cm2 (b) 88 cm2 (c) 96 cm2 (d) 108 cm2
7. If sec A = 15/7 and A + B = 90°, find the value of cosec B. 1
(a) 8/7 (b) 12/7 (c) 7/15 (d) 15/7

8. 1
In ΔABC, right angled at B, AB = 5 cm and sin C = 1/2. Determine the length of side
AC.
(a) 10 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 20 cm (d) none of these

9. In the ∆ABC, D and E are points on side AB and AC respectively such that DE || BC. If 1
AE = 2 cm, AD = 3 cm and BD = 4.5 cm, then CE equals
(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 3 cm (d) 4 cm

10. 1
ABCD is a trapezium with AD ∥ BC and AD = 4cm. If the diagonals AC and BD intersect
each other at O such that AO/OC = DO/OB =1/2, then BC =
(a) 6cm (b) 7cm (c) 8cm (d) 9cm

11. 1
If the angle between two radii of a circle is 140°, then the angle between the tangents at the
ends of the radii is
(a) 90° (b) 50° (c) 70° (d) 40°

12. The number of revolutions made by a circular wheel of radius 0.7 m in rolling a distance of 1
176 m is
(a) 22 (b) 24 (c) 75 (d) 40

13. The area of the square that can be inscribed in a circle of radius 8 cm is 1
(a) 256 cm² (b) 128 cm² (c) 64√2 cm² (d) 64 cm²

14. The ratio of the total surface area to the lateral surface area of a cylinder with base radius 80 1
cm and height 20 cm is
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 3 : 1 (d) 5 : 1

15. The mean and mode of a frequency distribution are 28 and 16 respectively. The median 1
is
(a) 22 (b) 23.5 (c) 24 (d) 24.5

16. The median class of the following data is: 1


Marks 0 – 10 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60
No. of students 8 10 12 22 30 18
(a) 20 – 30 (b) 30 – 40 (c) 40 – 50 (d) 50 – 60

17. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability of getting doublet? 1
(a) 1/36 (b) 1/6 (c) 5/6 (d) 11/36

18. 4sin θ − cos θ 1


If 4 tan  = 3, then the value of is
4sin θ + cos θ
(a) 1/2 (b) 1/3 (c) 1/4 (d) 1/5

DIRECTION: In the question number 19 and 20, a statement of Assertion (A) is


followed by a statement of Reason (R).
Choose the correct option

19. Statement A (Assertion): The number 6n never end with digit 0 for any natural number 1
n..
Statement R( Reason) : The number 9n never end with digit 0 for any natural number n.
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation
of assertion (A)
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is not the correct
explanation of assertion (A)
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.

20. Statement A (Assertion): The value of y is 6, for which the distance between the points
P(2, –3) and Q(10, y) is 10. 1
Statement R( Reason) : Distance between two given points A (x1, y1) and B (x2, y2) is
given by AB = ( x2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y2 − y1 ) 2
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation
of assertion (A)
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is not the correct
explanation of assertion (A)
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.

SECTION – B
Questions 21 to 25 carry 2 marks each.

21 In figure, ABCD is a rectangle. Find the values of x and y. 2

22 In the given figure, find the value of x in terms of a, b and c. 2

23 XY and MN are the tangents drawn at the end points of the diameter DE of the circle with 2
centre O. Prove that XY || MN.
24 A rope by which a cow is tethered is increased from 16mto 23m. How much additional 2
ground does it have now to graze?
OR
In the below figure, OACB is a quadrant of a circle with centre O and radius 3.5 cm. If
OD = 2 cm, find the area of the (i) quadrant OACB, (ii) shaded region.

25 Find A and B, if sin (A + 2B) = √3/2 and cos (A + B) = 1/2. 2


OR
If (1 + cos A) (1 – cos A) = 3/4 , find the value of tan A.

SECTION – C
Questions 13 to 22 carry 3 marks each.

26 Prove that √5 is and irrational number. 3

27 Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 6x2 – 7x – 3 and verify the relationship 3
between the zeroes and the coefficients of the polynomial.

28 A part of monthly hostel charges in a college is fixed and the remaining depends on the 3
number of days one has taken food in the mess. When a student ‘A’ takes food for 22
days, he has to pay Rs. 1380 as hostel charges; whereas a student ‘B’, who takes food
for 28 days, pays Rs. 1680 as hostel charges. Find the fixed charges and the cost of food
per day.
OR
The ratio of income of two persons is 9 : 7 and the ratio of their expenditure is 4 : 3, if
each of them manage to save Rs. 2000/month. Find their monthly incomes.

29 sin θ − cos θ + 1 3
Prove that: = sec θ + tan θ
sin θ + cos θ − 1

30. Prove that the intercept of a tangent between two parallel tangents to a circle subtends a 3
right angle at the center
OR
Prove that opposite sides of a quadrilateral circumscribing a circle subtend
supplementary angles at the centre of the circle.

31. One card is drawn at random from a well-shuffled deck of 52 playing cards. Find the 3
probability that the card drawn is (i) either a red card or a king, (ii) neither a red card nor
a queen.
SECTION – D
Questions 32 to 35 carry 5 marks each.

32. 3 5
Two water taps together can fill a tank in 9 hours. The tap of larger diameter takes 10
8
hours less than the smaller one to fill the tank separately. Find the time in which each tap
can separately fill the tank.
OR
A rectangular park is to be designed whose breadth is 3 m less than its length. Its area is to
be 4 square metres more than the area of a park that has already been made in the shape of
an isosceles triangle with its base as the breadth of the rectangular park and of altitude 12 m.
Find its length and breadth.
33. Prove that if a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle intersecting the other two 5
sides in distinct points, then the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.
Using the above theorem prove that a line through the point of intersection of the
diagonals and parallel to the base of the trapezium divides the non parallel sides in the
same ratio.

34. A vessel is in the form of an inverted cone. Its height is 8 cm and the radius of its top 5
which is open, is 5 cm. It is filled with water upto the brim. When lead shots, each of
which is a sphere of radius 0.5 cm are dropped into the vessel, one-fourth of water flows
out. Find the number of lead shots dropped into the vessel.
OR
A copper wire of diameter 8 mm is evenly wrapped on a cylinder of length 24 cm and
diameter 49 cm to cover the whole surface. Find (i) the length of the wire (ii) the volume
of the wire.

35. If the median of the distribution given below is 28.5, find the values of x and y. 5
Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 Total
Frequency 5 x 20 15 y 5 60
SECTION – E(Case Study Based Questions)
Questions 35 to 37 carry 4 marks each.

36. In the sport of cricket the Captain sets the field according to a plan. He instructs the 1+1+2
players to take a position at a particular place. There are two reasons to set a cricket
field—to take wickets and to stop runs being scored.
The following graph shows the position of players during a cricket match.
(i) Find the coordinate of the mid point Extra Cover S(3, –3) and Fine Leg (–2, 7).
(ii) Find the distance between the Cover P(2, –5) and Mid-wicket Q(–2, 9).
(iii) Find the coordinate of the point on y-axis which are equidistant from the points
representing the players at Cover P(2, –5) and Mid-wicket Q(–2, 9)
OR
Find the ratio in which x-axis divides the line segment joining the points Extra Cover
S(3, –3) and Fine Leg (–2, 7).
37. Anita’s mother start a new shoe shop. To display the shoes, she put 3 pairs of shoes in 1+1+2
1st row, 5 pairs in 2nd row, 7 pairs in 3rd row and so on.

On the basis of above information, answer the following questions.


(i) How many shoes will be there in 10th row?
(ii) In which row there are 15 shoes?
(iii) If she puts a total of 120 pairs of shoes, then find the number of rows required.
OR
What is the difference of pairs of shoes in 17th row and 10th row.

38. A 1.2 m tall girl spots a balloon moving with the wind in a horizontal line at a height of 4
88.2 m from the ground. The angle of elevation of the balloon from the eyes of the girl
at any instant is 60°. After 30 seconds, the angle of elevation reduces to 30° (see the
below figure).
Based on the above information, answer the following questions. (Take √3 =1.732)
(i) Find the distance travelled by the balloon during the interval.
(ii) Find the speed of the balloon.

Marking scheme

1. 80 2. 23 ×5 ×53 3. 2 4. Consistent 5. a = 6 , b = 3 6. 96 cm2

7. 7/15 8. 10 cm 9. CE = 3 cm 10. 8 cm 11. 40 ° 12. 40 13. 128


cm2

14. 5:1 15. 24 16. 30-40 17. 1/6 18. ½ 19. B 20. d

21. x= 22 y=8 22. x= ac/a+c 23. XY parallel tp MN 24. 6.125 cm225. ±


√3

26. divisibility rule ( 1 ) P and q have common factor ( 1 ) Complete proof ( 1 )

27. for zeroes (2) For relationship (1) 28. consideration (1) Equation (1)

For correct answer (1)


29. for each step (1)

30. for given and diagram (1) For half answer (1) Complete proof ( 1 )

31. (i) 7/13 (1) (ii) 6/13 (1)

32. for consideration ( 1 ) For quadratic equation ( 1 ) For correct answer (3)

33. For given and diagram (1) For half answer (2) Complete proof ( 2 )
34. for each step (1) For correct answer (1)

35. for each step (1) For correct answer (1)

36. (i) (.5,2) (1) (ii) √212 (1)

(iii) n=10 (2) or (iii) 14 (2)

37. (i) 21 (1) (ii) 7 (1) (iii) (0,2) (2) OR

(iiI) k = 3:7 (2)

38. (i) 100.46 ( approx. ) (2)

(ii) 3.35 m/s ( approx. ) (2)


Sample Paper No.5
Class - X Session 2022-23
Subject - Mathematics (Basic)
(Unsolved)
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:
1. This Question Paper has 5 Sections A, B, C, D, and E.
2. Section A has 20 Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) carrying 1 mark each.
3. Section B has 5 Short Answer-I (SA-I) type questions carrying 2 marks each.
4. Section C has 6 Short Answer-II (SA-II) type questions carrying 3 marks each.
5. Section D has 4 Long Answer (LA) type questions carrying 5 marks each.
6. Section E has 3 Case Based integrated units of assessment (4 marks each) with sub-
parts ofthe values of 1, 1 and 2 marks each respectively.
7. All Questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice in 2 Qs of 2 marks, 2 Qs
of 3 marksand 2 Questions of 5 marks has been provided. An internal choice has been
provided in the 2 marks questions of Section E.
8. Draw neat figures wherever required. Take π =22/7 wherever required if not stated.

Section A

S.NO Section A consists of 20 questions of 1 mark each. Marks

1 If P is a prime number then, what is the LCM of P, P2, P3? 1

(a) P (b) P×P (c) 0 (d) P3

2 What is the HCF of 33 × 5 and 32 × 52? 1

(a) 45 (b) 225 (c) 15 (d) 60

3 The quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeroes is –5 and their product is 6, is 1

(a) x2 + 5x + 6 (b) x2 – 5x + 6 (c) x2 – 5x –6 (d) -x2 + 5x + 6

4 If a pair of linear equations is inconsistent, then the lines are: 1

(a) Parallel (b) Always coincident


(c) Always intersecting (d) Intersecting or coincident

5 The value of k of which the equation x2 +2(k+1)x+𝑘𝑘 2 =0 has equal roots is 1


(a) -1 (b) -1/2 (c) 1 (d) none of these

6 ABCD is a rectangle whose three vertices are A(0, 3), B(0, 0) and C(3, 0). The length of its 1
diagonal is:
(a) 5 units (b) 3√2 units (c) 4√2 units (d) √34 units
7 All ____________triangles are similar 1
(a) scalene (b) isosceles (c) equilateral (d) right

8 The x- axis divides the join of P(2, −3) and Q(5, 6) in the ratio: 1
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 3 : 5

9 Figure AT is a tangent to the circle with centre O such that OT=4cm and <OTA =30°. Then AT is 1
equal to
(a)4 cm (b) 2cm
(c) 2√3 (d) 4√3

10 1
If sinθ=5/13 then cosθ=___

(a) 12/13 (b) 5/13 (c) 5/12 (d) 12/13

11 1
√7 cos2A + √7 sin2A is equal to
(a) 1 (b) 7 (c)√7 (d) 0
12 1
The value of sin0°. Sin1°. Sin2°. Sin3° ............................ sin90° is
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) – 1 (d) 2

13 The area of a circle is 49𝜋𝜋 cm2. Its circumference is 1

(a) 7 𝜋𝜋 cm (b) 14 𝜋𝜋 cm (c) 21 𝜋𝜋 cm (d) 28 𝜋𝜋 cm

14 If the perimeter and the area of a circle are numerically equal, then the radius of the circle is: 1
(a) 2units (b) 𝜋𝜋 units (c) 4 units (d) 7 units

15 The radii of two cylinders are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their heights are in the ratio 5 : 3. The ratio of 1
their volumes is:
(a) 27 : 20 (b) 20 : 27 (c) 9 : 4 (d) 4 : 9
16 For the following distribution : 1
MARKS Number of students
0 - 10 3
10 - 20 12
20 - 30 27
30 - 40 57
40 - 50 75
50 - 60 80
The modal class is :
(a) 10 – 20 (b) 20 – 30 (c) 30 – 40 (d) 50 – 60
17 Mode and mean of the data are 12k and 15k. Median of the data is 1

(a) 12k (b) 14k (c) 15k (d) 16k

18 1
Which of the following cannot be the probability of an event?

(a) 1/3 (b) 0.9 (c) 5% (d) 17/16

Direction for questions 19 & 20: In question numbers 19 and 20, a statement of Assertion (A) is followed by a
statement of Reason (R). Choose the correct option.
19 Assertion: The value of y is 6, for which the distance between the points P(2,3) and Q(10,y) 1
is 10.
Reason: Distance between two given points A (𝑥𝑥1,𝑦𝑦1) and B (𝑥𝑥2, 𝑦𝑦2 )is given,
AB = √(𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1)2 + (𝑦𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑦1)2
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanationof
Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct
explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
20 1
Assertion: (18,25) is a pair of co-primes.
Reason: Pair of co-prime has a common factor 2.
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct
explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct
explanation of Assertion (A).
(c ) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d)Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

Section B
Section B consists of 5 questions of 2 marks each

21 2
For which values of p does the pair of equations given below has unique solution?
4x+py+8=0 and 2x+2y+2=0
22 E is a point on the side AD produced of a parallelogram ABCD and BE intersects CD at F. 2
Show that ∆ABE ~ ∆CFB.

OR

CD and GH are respectively the bisectors of ∆ACB and ∆EGF such that D and H lie on sides AB
and FE of ∆ ABC and ∆ EFG respectively. If ∆ ABC ~∆ FEG, show that:
(i) 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶/𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺 = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴/𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹
(ii) ∆ DCB ~∆ HGE

23. A quadrilateral ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a circle. Prove that AB + CD = AD + BC 2

24 1−tan2 A 2
If 3 cot A = 4, Evaluate 1+tan2 A

25 In a circle of radius 21 cm, an arc subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find: 2
the length of the arc.
[OR]
A horse is tied to a peg at one corner of a square shaped grass field of side 15 m by means of a 5
m long rope (see Fig). Find the area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze.

Section C
Section C consists of 6 questions of 3 marks each
26. Prove that √5 is an irrational number. 3

27. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 6x2 – 3 – 7x and verify the relationship 3
between the zeroes and the coefficients.
28. A lending library has a fixed charge for the first three days and an additional charge for each day 3
thereafter. Saritha paid ₹27 for a book kept for seven days, while Susy paid ₹21 for the book she kept
for five days. Find the fixed charge and the charge for each extra day.
OR
The ratio of incomes of two persons is 9 : 7 and the ratio of their expenditures is 4 : 3. If each of
them manages to save ₹2000 per month, find their monthly incomes

29. A triangle ABC is drawn to circumscribe a circle of radius 4 cm 3


such that the segments BD and DC into which BC is divided by
the point of contact D are of lengths 8 cm and 6 cm
respectively (see Fig). Find the sides AB and AC.

30. Prove that 3

OR
1
If tan (A + B) =√3 and tan (A – B) = ; 0° < A + B ≤ 90°; A > B, find A and B.
√3
31. (i) A lot of 20 bulbs contain 4 defective ones. One bulb is drawn at random from the lot. What is the 3
probability that this bulb is defective?
(ii) Suppose the bulb drawn in (i) is not defective and is not replaced. Now one bulb is drawn at
random from the rest. What is the probability that this bulb is not defective ?

Section D
Section D consists of 4 questions of 5 marks each.
32. Five years ago, Sheela was twice as old as Tina. Ten year later Sheela’s age will be ten 5
years more than Tina’sage. Find their present ages. What was the age of Sheela when Tina
was born?
OR
The area of a rectangle gets reduced by 9 square units, if its length is reduced by 5 units and
breadth is increased by 3 units. If we increase the length by 3 units and the breadth by 2 units, the
area increases by 67 square units. Find the dimensions of the rectangle.

33. State and prove Basic Proportionality Theorem. 5


34. A gulab jamun, contains sugar syrup up to about 30% of its volume. Find 5
approximately how much syrup would be found in 45 gulab jamuns,each shaped
like a cylinder with two hemispherical ends with length 5 cm and diameter 2.8 cm
(see Fig.).

OR
A wooden article was made by scooping out a hemisphere from each end of a
solid cylinder, as shown in Fig. If the height of the cylinder is 10 cm, and its
base is of radius 3.5 cm, find the total surface area of the article.

35. 5
If the median of the distribution given below is 28.5, find the values of x and y.

Class interval Frequency


0 - 10 5
10 - 20 X
20 - 30 20
30 - 40 15
40 – 50 Y
50 - 60 5
Total 60

Section E

Case study based questions are compulsory.


36.
CASE STUDY-1

India is competitive manufacturing location due to the low cost of manpower and strong technical
and engineering capabilities contributing to higher quality production runs. The production of TV
sets in a factory increases uniformly by a fixed number every year. It produced 16000 sets in 6th
year and 22600 in 9th year.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
1. Find the production during first year.
(a) 4000 (b) 5000 (c) 6000 (d) 7000 1
2. Find the production during 8th year.
(a) 20400 (b)20000 (c) 30400 (d) 30000 1

3. Find the production during first 3 years.


(a) 20000 (b) 21000 (c) 21600 (d) 30000 2
OR
4.Find the difference of the production during 7th year and 4th year.
(a) 6060 (b) 2100 (c) 6160 (d) 6600

37.
CASE STUDY-2
A group of students of class X visited India Gate on an education trip. The teacher and
students had interest in history as well. The teacher narrated that India Gate, official
name Delhi Memorial, originally called All-India War Memorial, monumental
sandstone arch in New Delhi, dedicated to the troops of British India who died in wars
fought between 1914 and 1919. The teacher also said that India Gate, which is locatedat
the eastern end of the Rajpath (formerly called the Kingsway), is about 138 feet (42 m)
in height.

Q1. What is the angle of elevation if they are standing at a distance of 42m away 1
from the monument?
(a) 30o (b) 45o (c) 60o (d) 90o

Q2.They want to see the tower at an angle of 60o. So, they want to know the distance 1

where they should stand and hence find the distance.


(a) 25.24 m b) 20.12 m ( c) 42 m (d) 24.24 m

Q3. If the altitude of the Sun is at 60o, then the height of the vertical tower that will cast a 2
shadow of length 20 m is:
(a) 20√3 m (b) 20/√3 m (c) 15√3 m (d) 15/√3 m
OR
Q4. The ratio of the length of a rod and its shadow is 1:1. The angle of elevation of
the Sun is:-
(a) 30o (b) 45o (c) 60o (d) 90o
38.
CASE STUDY-3
Observe the map and answer the following question.

(a) What is the distance between Delhi and Itanagar?


1
(b) What should be the coordinates of the points exactly half-way between Hyderabad and
1
Itanagar?
(c) What should be the coordinates of the points on the same line as Pune and Bhopal, 2
where Bhopal stands exactly in the middle?
Sample Question Paper No.6
Class- X Session 2022-23
Subject – Mathematics (Basic)

Time Allowed: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions:
1. This Question Paper has 5 Sections A, B, C, D, and E.
2. Section A has 20 Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) carrying 1 mark each.
3. Section B has 5 Short Answer-I (SA-I) type questions carrying 2 marks each.
4. Section C has 6 Short Answer-II (SA-II) type questions carrying 3 marks each.
5. Section D has 4 Long Answer (LA) type questions carrying 5 marks each.
6. Section E has 3 Case Based integrated units of assessment (4 marks each) with sub-parts of the values of
1, 1 and 2 marks each respectively
7. All Questions are compulsory. However, an internal choice in 2 Qs of 2 marks, 2 Qs of 3 marks and 2
Questions of 5 marks has been provided. An internal choice has been provided in the 2 marks questions
of Section E.
8. Draw neat figures wherever required. Take π =22/7 wherever required if not stated.
SECTION A

1. If HCF of two numbers is 2 and their product is 120, then their LCM is 1M
(a) 30 (b) 60
(c) 120 (d) 240
2. The product of a non-zero rational and an irrational number is 1M
(a) always irrational (b) always rational (c) rational or
irrational (d) one
3. In which condition will the polynomial ax2 + bx + c = 0 be a quadratic 1M
equation?
(a) a ≠ 0 (b) a = b (c) a = c (d) a = 0
2
4. If α and β are the zeroes of the polynomial 5x – 7x + 2, then the sum 1M
of their reciprocals is ......... .
(a) 7/2 (b) -7/2 (c) 0 (d) 2/7
5. The values of x and y in 2x + 3y = 2 and x – 2y = 8 are: 1M
(a) – 4, 2 (b) – 4, – 2 (c) 4, – 2 (d) 4, 2
2
If the quadratic equation x + 4x + k = 0 has real and equal roots, then
6. (a) k < 4 (b) k > 4 (c) k = 4 (d) k ≥ 4 1M
7. The ratio in which the line segment joining A(1, – 5) and B(– 4, 5) is 1M
divided by the X-axis is ......... .
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 2 : 3
8. A card is selected at random from a well shuffled deck of 52 cards. 1M
The probability of its being a red face card is
(a) 3/26 (b) 3/13 (c) 2/13 (d) ½
9. AOBC is a rectangle whose three vertices are A(0, 3), O(0, 0), B(5, 0). 1M
The length of its diagonal is:
(a) √17 (b) 2 √17 (c) √34 (d) √14
10. In the given figure, QR is a common tangent to the given circles, 1M
touching externally at point S. The tangent at S meets QR at P. If
PS=3.8 cm,

then the length of QR (in cm) is:


(a) 3.8 (b) 7.6 (c) 5.7 (d) 1.9
11 4
If cos A = 5 then the value of tan A is: 1M
3 3 4 5
(b) (c) (d)
5 4 3 3
12 IIf both a and b = 60°, find the value of sin2 a + cos2 b. 1M
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) –1 (d) –2
13 The value of sin 00 . sin10 . sin2° . sin3° . sin4°. . . . . . . . . . . .. sin90° is 1M
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) – 1 (d) 2
14 In the given figure AOB is a sector of circle of radius 10.5 cm. The 1M
perimeter of the sector (in cm) is:
(a) 32 (b) 21 (c) 11 (d) 35

15 If the radii of two circles are in the ratio of 4 : 3, then their areas are in 1M
the ratio of :
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 8 : 3 (c) 16 : 9 (d) 9 : 16
16 The radius of the largest circular cone that can be cut out from a cube 1M
of edge 4.2 cm is:
(a) 4.2 cm (b) 2.1 cm (c) 8.4 cm (d) 1.05 cm
17 The radii of two cylinders are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their heights are in 1M
the ratio 5 : 3. The ratio of their volumes is:
(a) 27 : 20 (b) 20 : 27 (c) 4 : 9 (d) 9 : 4
18 Find the class marks of class 10 – 25 and 35 – 55: 1M
(a) 1.75 and 45 (b) 17.5 and 4.5
(c) 1.75 and 4.5 (d) 17.5 and 45
19 Assertion: the H.C.F. of two numbers is 16 and their product is 3072. 1M
Then their L.C.M = 162.
Reason: If a and b are two positive integers, then H.C.F X L.C.M = a x
b
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the
correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not
the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
20 Assertion: The point (0,4) lies on y-axis. 1M
Reason: The coordinate of the point on y-axis is zero.
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the
correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not
the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
Section – B
Section B consists of 5 questions of 2 marks each.
21 Sum of the digits of a two digit number is 9. Also 9 times this number 2M
is twice the number obtained by reversing the order of digits. Find the
number.
22 2
In the figure given below, DE || BC and AD =3 BD. If BC = 4.5 cm, 2M
find DE.

OR

In fig altitude AD and CE of triangle ABC intersect each other at P.


Show that
(i) ∆ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ~ ∆ 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶

(ii) ∆ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 ~ ∆ 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶


23 Two concentric circles are of radii 5 cm and 3 cm. Find the length of the chord of the larger 2M
circle which touches the smaller circle.
24 Prove that
cot 𝐴𝐴−cos 𝐴𝐴 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴−1
= 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴+1 2M
cot 𝐴𝐴+cos 𝐴𝐴
25 Find the length of quadrant of circle of circumference 22 cm. 2M
OR
Find the area of sector of a circle with radius 6 cm if angle of sector is 600.
SECTION C
Section C consists of 6 questions of 3 marks each.
26 Prove that √2 is an irrational number. 3M
27 Find a quadratic polynomial, the sum and product of whose zeroes are -3 and 2 3M
respectively.
28 9
A fraction becomes 11, if 2 is added to both the numerator and the 3M
denominator. If, 3 is added to both the numerator and the denominator it
5
becomes 6. Find the fraction.
OR
Meena went to bank to withdraw Rs. 2000. She asked the cashier to give her Rs. 50 and Rs.
100 notes only. Meena got 25 notes in all. Find how many notes of Rs. 50 and Rs. 100 she
received.
29 Two tangents TP and TQ are drawn to a circle with centre O from an 3M
external point T. prove that ∠ PTQ = 2 ∠OPQ

30 Prove that sin θ (1 + tan θ) + cos θ (1 + cot θ) = sec θ + cosec θ 3M


OR
1
Prove that (cosec A- sin A) (sec A – cos A) = tan 𝐴𝐴+cot 𝐴𝐴

31 A card is drawn from well shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of getting 3M
(i) A king of red colour
(ii) A face card
(iii) The queen of diamonds.
SECTION D
Section D consists of 4 questions of 5 marks each.
32 Places A and B are 100 km apart on a highway. One car starts from A and another from B 5M
at the same time. If the cars travel in the same direction at different speed, they meet in 5
hours. If they travel towards each other, they meet in 1 hour. What are the speeds of the two
car.
OR
Five years hence, the age of Jacob will be three times that of his son. Five years ago, Jacob’s
age was seven times that of his son. What are their present ages?
33 Prove that if a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle, the other two sides are divided 5M
in the same ratio.
34 A wooden article was made by scooping out a hemisphere from each end 5M
of a solid cylinder, as shown in fig. if the height of cylinder is 10 cm ,
and its base is of radius 3.5 cm, find the total surface area of the article.

OR
A 20 m deep well with diameter 7m is dug and the earth from digging is evenly spread out
to form a platform 22m by 14 m. find the height of the platform.
35 Find arithmetic mean of the following frequency distribution. 5M
MARKS NO. OF
STUDENTS

Below 10 12
Below 20 22
Below 30 35
Below 40 50
Below 50 70
Below 60 86
Below 70 97
Below 80 104
Below 90 109
Below 100 115
SECTION D
Case study based questions are compulsory.
36 Case Study – 1 4M
Your friend Veer wants to participate in a 200 m race. He can currently run that
distance in 51 seconds and with each day of practice it takes him 2 seconds less.
He wants to don 31 seconds.

Answer the following:

I Form an A.P from above given situation. 1M

II What is the minimum number of days he 1M


needs to practice till his goal is achieved.
III If nth term of A.P is given by an = 2n+3. Find common 2M
difference of A.P
OR
Determine 36th term of the A.P whose first
two terms are -3 and 4 respectively.
37 Case study – 2 4M
During war time many spying activities are undertaken by rival force in
the battle field. One of them is spying and mapping activity of enemies
involve use of drones fitted with camcorders that map the rivals land.
One such drone ventured into Chinese land to map the entire area.
Following were presented on paper to general. If Chinese tank is
assumed to be located at origin. Its rocket force head office is at (2,3),
one missile launch site at (-2, -4), headquarter at (6, -2) while Chinese
helicopter is stationed at (-3,5).

Answer the following:

I Find distance of Helicopter from origin 1M

II Find distance between missile launch site and Helicopter 1M

III Find mid point of missile launch site and rocket force head office. 2M
OR
Find distance of helicopter from X- axis
38 Case study 3. 4M
A house painter is a tradesman responsible for the painting and
decorating of buildings. The purpose of painting is to improve the
appearance of a building and to protect it from damages. Your father
hired a painter to paint your house. The painter leans a ladder against a
wall of the room shown in the picture below. The two opposite walls are
3√3 m apart and the ladder reaches 9 m up the wall. A person of height
1.8m was standing below the ladder to help the painter. (use √3) =1.73

I What is the angle made by the ladder with the floor of the room. 1M

II How close the person can walk towards left hand wall without 1M
bumping his head.
III What is the angle made by ladder with wall. 2M
OR
What is the length of the ladder.
CHAPTER-1
REAL NUMBERS
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS ( MCQs)
1. The values of x and y in the following factor tree is:

7
x 4
y
2

a. 56, 8 b. 8, 56 c. 58, 4 d. 0, 0

2. The sum of exponents of the prime factors in prime factorization of 120 is:

a. 3 b. 4 c. 5 d. 6

3. The number of factors that a prime number can have, is:

a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3

4. The HCF and LCM of 6, 72 and 120 are:

a. 6, 120 b. 72, 120 c. 6, 72 d. 6, 360

5. The H.C.F. (a, b) = 2 and L.C.M. (a, b) = 27. What is the value a × b?

a. 44 b. 54 c. 56 d. 68

6. The H.C.F. of 33 × 5 and 32 × 52 is:

a. 135 b. 15 c. 225 d. 45

7. If the H.C.F. of two numbers is 1, then the two numbers are called:

a. composite
b. twin primes
c. co-primes
d. none of these

8. The H.C.F. of smallest prime number and the smallest composite number is .......... .

a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. none of these

9. n2 – 1 is divisible by 8, if n is:

a. an integer b. a natural number


c. an odd integer d. an even integer
10. Four bells toll at an interval of 8, 12, 15 and 18 seconds respectively. All the four bells
begin to toll together. How many times will they toll together in one hour excluding the one at
the start?

a. 10 times b. 20 times c. 30 times d. just once

11. For two positive integers x = a3b and y = ab2 (where a and b are prime numbers), LCM is:

a. ab b. a2b2 c. a3b2 d. a3b3

12. Sonu, Monu and Bunty go for a morning walk. They step off together and their steps
measure 20 cm, 22 cm and 25 cm, respectively. What is the minimum distance each should
walk so that each can cover the same distance in complete steps?

a. 2520 cm b. 1100 cm c. 1000 cm d. 1200 cm

13. 100 people work in a company. All of them use their own conveyance for travelling. 40
people use their scooters, 24 go by their cars, 32 go by public transport and 4 use bicycles. Find
H.C.F. of 40, 24, 32 and 4.

a. 4 b. 40 c. 24 d. 32

14. Which of the following is not irrational?

a. 3√3 b. 3 + √3 c. √3 x √3 d. √3 - 3

15. Identify the rational number:

1 2√2
a. b. c. √2 d. √2 + 2
√2 √2

Assertion and Reasoning Based Questions


Mark the option which is most suitable:
(a) Both the Assertion and the Reason are correct and the Reason is the correct explanation of
the Assertion.
(b) The Assertion and the Reason are correct but the Reason is not the correct explanation of
the Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true but the Reason is false.
(d) Assertion is false but the Reason is true.

16. Assertion: For any natural number n, the number 4n ends with the digit zero.
Reason: Any number ends with digit zero, if its prime factor is of the form 2m x 5n , where m,
n are natural numbers.

−1
17. Assertion: 0, 1, -2, all are examples of rational numbers.
5
Reason: All integers and fractions are rational numbers.

18. Assertion: For any prime number p, √p is an irrational number.


Reason: Square roots of prime numbers are irrational numbers.

19. Assertion: For any two positive integers a and b, HCF (a, b) x LCM (a, b) = a x b
Reason: The HCF of two numbers is 2 and their LCM is 20; their product is 50.

20. Assertion: 5 is a rational number.


Reason: The square roots of all positive integers are irrationals.

REAL NUMBERS – MCQs - ANSWERS


1) a. 56, 8
2) c. 5
3) c. 2
4) d. 6, 360
5) b. 54
6) d. 45
7) c. co-primes
8) b. 2
9) c. an odd integer
10) a. 10 times
11) c. a3b2
12) b. 1100 cm
13) a. 4
14) c. √3 x √3
2√2
15) b. √2
16) a
17) a
18) a
19) c
20) C

VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE VSA QUESTIONS(2 marks each)


1. HCF of 33 × 54 and 34 × 52 is _____.

2. Find the least number which is divisible by all numbers from 1 to 10 (both inclusive).

3. Express 130 as a product of its prime factors.

4. What can you say about the product of non-zero rational and irrational number?

5. Check whether 7𝑛𝑛 can end with the digit 0 for any natural number n.
6. Explain why 7 × 11 × 13 + 13 a composite number is.
7. Prove that √5 is irrational.
1
8. Prove that is an irrational number.
2+ 3

SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS ( 3 marks each)

9. Show that 12𝑛𝑛 cannot end with the digit 0 or 5.


10. Find the LCM of 100 and 190.
11. Find one irrational number between √2 and √5.
12. If HCF of 144 and 180 is expressed in the form 13m-3, find the value of m.
13. Two tankers contain 850 litres and 680 litres of petrol respectively. Find the
maximum capacity of a container which can measure the petrol of either tanker in exact
number of times.

Long Answer Questions


14. Find the number nearest to 110000 but greater than 1 lakh, which is exactly divisible
by 8, 15 and 21.

15. Prove that √3 + √5 is irrational.

16. The LCM of two numbers is 14 times their HCF. The sum of LCM and HCF is
600. If one of number is 280. Find the other number.

ANSWERS
1. 33 × 52
2. 2520
3. 2 × 5 × 13
4. Irrational number
5. It cannot end with zero.
6. As it has more than two factors.
7. As 12 has factors 2, 2, 3 it doesn’t has 5 as its factor so 12𝑛𝑛 will never end with 0 or
8. 1900
9. √3
11. By Euclid’s division lemma
180 = 144 × 1 + 36
144 = 36 × 4 + 0
HCF of 180 and 144 is 36.
13m – 3 = 36
13 m = 39
m=3
12. HCF of 850 and 680 is 2 × 5 × 17 = 170 litres.
13. 109200
14. Prove that 3 and 5 is irrational number separately.
15. HCF = 40, LCM = 560
Other No. = 80.

Case Study Based Questions

Case Study 1
Sundaram joined a company for a fixed salary per month. After few months, the management
felt happy with his work and multiplied his salary by some n times. This happened every few
months and his salary kept getting multiplied and he reached a salary of 360 zeds. Every time
the management increased the salary by a prime number of times only and his initial salary
was 5 zeds.
1.1 How many times management did give incentive to Sundaram?
1.2 What is the maximum increment he got in his salary?
1.3 What is the least incentive he got? What would be his salary had he got the same
type of increment every time?
1.4 Had his first salary been 9 zeds what would be his present salary?
ANSWERS
1.1 5 times
1.2 3 Zeds
1.3 2 zed and 160 zeds
1.4 648 Zeds
Case Study 2
Nobita, Zian and Suzuko are playing a game. Nobita climbs 5 stairs and gets down 2 stairs in
one turn. Zian goes up by 7 stairs and comes down by 2 stairs every time. Suzuko goes 10
stairs up and 3 stairs down each time. Doing this they have to reach to the nearest point of
100th stairs and they will stop once they find it impossible to go forward. (They have less
number of stairs than required forward stairs).
2.1 Who reaches the nearest point?
a. Nobita
b. Zian
c. Suzuko
d. All together reach to the nearest point
2.2 How many times can they meet in between on same step?
2.3 What is the first stair where any two out of three will meet together?
2.4 Who takes least number of steps to reach near hundred?
a. Nobita
b. Zian
c. Suzuko
d. All of them take equal number of steps.
ANSWERS
2.1 Nobita
2.2 No, they cannot meet in between on same step.
2.3 After 15 steps Nobita and Zian will meet for the first time.

2.4 Suzuko will take least number of steps.


Case Study 3
A woman wants to organize her birthday party. She was happy on her birthday but there was
a problem that she does not want to serve fast food to her guests because she is very health
conscious. She has 15 apples and 40 bananas at home and decided to serve them. She wants
to distribute fruits among guests. She does not want to discriminate among guests so she
decided to distribute equally among all. So,
3.1 How many guests she can invite?
a. 6
b. 5
c. 3
d. 4

3.2 How many apples and bananas will each guest get?
3.3 If a guest claims that he got the highest no of fruits amongst all, is this situation possible?
If yes, what will be the number of fruits that person got?
3.4 If the number of guests doubles then is it possible to distribute the fruits equally?
ANSWERS
3.1 5 guests
3.2 3 apples and 8 bananas
3.3 Not possible

3.4 1.5 apples and 4 bananas


Case Study 4
An online shopping website sells `10 types of items which are packed into various sizes of
cartons which are given below.

Carton type Inner Dimensions (l x w) cm2


Small 6X8
Medium 12 X 24
Large 24 X 36
Extra large 36 X 48
XXL 48 X 96
The company places supporting thermocol sheets inside every package along the edges. The
company thought of procuring same sized sheets for all types of cartons.
4.1 What should be the maximum size of the sheet that fits into all type of cartons?
4.2 How many such sheet sizes are possible?

4.3 The company later introduced a new size of carton called semi large whose measurements
are 14 X 15. Whether the existing maximum size sheet fits this shape?
4.4 What should have been the size of the semi large carton (which is larger than medium
carton but smaller than large carton) so that the maximum sized sheet remains same?
ANSWERS
4.1 Dimension of required sheet is 6 x 4 4.2 Only one 4.3 No
4.4 Open ended question but answer should be in the following form 18 x (multiple of 4 but
not greater than 36)
Case Study 5

An agency supplies bread and jams to three places -a hospital, a bank and a school. Bread
comes in a bunch of 8 pieces and Jam comes in a pack of 6 pieces. On a particular day,
agency has supplied x packets of bread and y packets of jam to the school. On the same day,
agency has supplied 3x packets of bread along with sufficient packets of jam to hospital. It is
known that the number of students in the school is between 500 and 550.

5.1 How many students are there in school?


5.2 How many packets of bread are distributed in the school?
5.3 How many packets of jams are distributed in the school?
5.4 How many packets of bread are distributed in the hospital?
ANSWERS
5.1 504 students 5.2 63 packets of bread are distributed in the school.
5.3 84 packets of jam are distributed in the school.
5.4 189 packets of bread are distributed in the hospital.

Case Study 6
A hall has a certain number of chairs. Guests want to sit in different groups like in pairs,
triplets, quadruplets, fives and sixes etc. When organizer arranges chairs in such pattern like
in 2’s, 3’s, 4’s 5’s and 6’s then 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 chairs are left respectively. But when he
arranges in 11's, no chair will be left.
6.1 In the hall, how many chairs are available?
a) 407 b) 143 c) 539 d) 209
6.2 If one chair is removed, which arrangements are possible now?
6.3 If one chair is added to the total number of chairs, how many chairs will be left when
arranged in 11's.
6.4 What will happen to the arrangement if same number of chairs will be arranged in 7’s?
ANSWERS
6.1 539 chairs.
6.2 pairs of 2 chair is only possible now.
6.3 1 chair will be left.
6.4 No chair will be left.
CHAPTER-2
POLYNOMIALS
Polynomial
A polynomial is an algebraic expression consisting of variables and coefficients that involves
operations like addition, subtraction, multiplication and non-negative integer exponents of
variables.
−5
Examples of polynomials- 2x+4, 6a-5b+c, 3 mn, p2 q3 - p2 q2 ……….etc.
Difference between algebraic expressions and polynomials
An algebraic expression can have exponents that are rational numbers. However, a
polynomial is an algebraic expression in which the exponent on any variable is a whole
number.
Hence, we can say that all the polynomials are algebraic expressions, but all the algebraic
expressions are not polynomials.
For e.g.
(i) 5x3 + 3x + 1 is an example of a polynomial. It is an algebraic expression as well.
(ii) 2x + 3√𝑥𝑥 is an algebraic expression, but not a polynomial since the exponent on x is 12
which is not a whole number.

Degree of a Polynomial
For a polynomial in one variable the highest exponent on the variable in a polynomial is
called the degree of the polynomial.
Example- In 2x+4, degree=1(as highest power of x is 1)
In 6a-5b+c, degree=1 (a, b, c, each having power 1)
In 3x 2 -10x+7, degree=2 (as highest power of x is 2)
Types of polynomials
Polynomials can be classified based on:
(i) Number of terms
(ii) Degree of the polynomial

Types of polynomials based on the number of terms:


(a) Monomial: A polynomial with just one term. Example: 2x, 6x 2 , 9xy
(b) Binomial: A polynomial with two terms. Example: 4x 2 + x, 5x + 4
(c) Trinomial: A polynomial with three terms. Example: x 2 + 3 x 3 + 4

Types of polynomials based on degree:


(a) Linear polynomial: A polynomial whose degree is one is called a linear polynomial. For
example, 2x + 1 is a linear polynomial.
(b) Quadratic polynomial: A polynomial of degree two is called a quadratic polynomial. For
example, 3 x 2 + 8x + 5 is a quadratic polynomial.
(c) Cubic polynomial: A polynomial of degree three is called a cubic polynomial.
Zero of a Polynomial A zero of a polynomial p(x) is the value of x for which the value of
p(x) is 0. If k is a zero of p(x), then p(k) = 0.
For example, consider a polynomial p(x) = x2 − 3x + 2. When x = 1, the value of p(x) will be
equal to p(1)=12 − 3×1 + 2 =1−3+2 =0
Since p(x) = 0 at x = 1, we say that 1 is a zero of the polynomial x 2 − 3x + 2.
Number of zeroes
In general a polynomial of degree n has atmost n zeroes.
(i) A linear polynomial has one zero.
(ii) A quadratic polynomial has at most two zeroes.
(iii) A cubic polynomial has at most three zeroes.
For example, 2 x3 + 5 x 2 + 9x + 15 is a cubic polynomial.
Graphical representations
Representing equations on graph
Any equation can be represented as a graph on the Cartesian plane, where each point on the
graph represents the x and y coordinates of the point that satisfies the equation. An equation
can be seen as a constraint placed on the x and y coordinates of a point, and any point that
satisfies that constraint will lie on the curve.
For example, the equation y = x, on a graph, will be a straight line that joins all the points
which have their x coordinate equal to their y coordinate. Example: (1,1), (2,2) and so on. 22

Graphical representations
Representing equations on graph
Any equation can be represented as a graph
on the Cartesian plane, where each point on
the graph represents the x and y coordinates
of the point that satisfies the equation. An
equation can be seen as a constraint placed
on the x and y coordinates of a point, and
any point that satisfies that constraint will
lie on the curve.
For example, the equation y = x, on a graph,
will be a straight line that joins all the points
which have their x coordinate equal to their
y coordinate. Example: (1,1), (2,2) and so
on.

Geometrical meaning of zeroes

Relationship between Zeroes and Coefficients of polynomials


MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQ’s)
Q.No. Marks

1 If one zero of a quadratic polynomial (𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘2+3𝑥𝑥+𝑘𝑘) is 2, then the value of 𝑘𝑘 is 1


5 −5 6 −6
(a) 6 (b) 6 (c) 5 (d) 5

2 The graph of a polynomial is shown in given fig., then the number of its 1
zeroes is
(a) 3 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4

3 The sum and product of the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial are 3 and 10 1
respectively. The quadratic polynomial is.
(a) 𝑥𝑥2−3𝑥𝑥+10 (b) 𝑥𝑥2+3𝑥𝑥−10 (c) 𝑥𝑥2−3𝑥𝑥−10 (d) 𝑥𝑥2 + 3𝑥𝑥
+10
4 1 1
If 𝛼𝛼 and 𝛽𝛽 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝑥𝑥2+2𝑥𝑥+1, than α+β is equal to 1
(a) -2 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) 1
5 The maximum number of zeroes a cubic polynomial can have, is 1
(a) 1 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 3
6 The quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeroes is -5 and their product is 1
6, is
(a) 𝑥𝑥 2+5 𝑥𝑥 +6 (b) 𝑥𝑥 2-5 𝑥𝑥 +6 (c) 𝑥𝑥 2-5 𝑥𝑥 -6 (d) - 𝑥𝑥 2+5 𝑥𝑥
+6
7 The zeroes of the polynomial 𝑥𝑥 2 – 3 𝑥𝑥 – m (m + 3) are 1
(a) m, m + 3 (b) –m, m + 3 (c) (m + 3),-m (d) –m, –(m +
3)
8 The number of zeroes for a polynomial p(𝑥𝑥) where graph of y = p(𝑥𝑥) is given 1
in Figure, is

(a) 3 (b) 4 (c)0 (d) 5

9 If the sum of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘2 + 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑘𝑘 is equal 1
to their product, then k equals.
1 −1 2 −2
(a) 3 (b) 3 (c) 3 (d) 3
10 If one zero of the quadratic polynomial, (𝑘𝑘 – 1) 𝑥𝑥2 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 1 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 –4 then the 1
value of k is
−5 5 −4 4
(a) 4 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 3
11 If 𝛼𝛼 and 𝛽𝛽 are the zeros of(2𝑥𝑥2 + 5𝑥𝑥 – 9), then the value of 𝛼𝛼 is 1
−5 5 −9 9
(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 2 (d) 2
12 −𝑏𝑏
If p(x) = a 𝑥𝑥 2 + b 𝑥𝑥 + c, then 𝑎𝑎 is equal to 1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) sum of zeroes (d) product of
zeroes
13 If one of the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial a 𝑥𝑥 ² + b 𝑥𝑥 + c is 0, then 1
the other zero is
−𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
(a) 𝑎𝑎 (b) 0 (c) 𝑎𝑎 (d) 𝑎𝑎
14 The product of the two zeroes of the polynomial 3𝑥𝑥2−7𝑥𝑥−27 is: 1
7
(a) 27 (b) 9 (c) -9 (d) 3
2
15 If one zero of the polynomial (3𝑥𝑥 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 𝑘𝑘) is the reciprocal of the other, then 1
value of k is
1 −1
(a) 3 (b) -3 (c) 3 (d) 3
ASSERTION-REASON BASED QUESTIONS:
In the following questions, a statement of assertion (A) is followed by a statement of Reason
(R).
Choose the correct answer out of the following choices.
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true but R is false.
(d) A is false but R is true.
16 Assertion: P(x) = 3 𝑥𝑥 3 – 𝑥𝑥 2 + 5 𝑥𝑥 4 + 3 𝑥𝑥 – 2 is a polynomial of degree 3. 1
Reason: The highest power of 𝑥𝑥 in the polynomial P(𝑥𝑥) is the degree of the
Polynomial.
17 Assertion: The graph y = f(𝑥𝑥) is shown in 1
figure, for the polynomial f (𝑥𝑥). The number of zeros of f(𝑥𝑥) is 3.

Reason: The number of zero of the


polynomial f(𝑥𝑥) is the number of point of
which f(𝑥𝑥) cuts or touches the axes.
18 Assertion: 2 − 3√5 is one zero of the quadratic polynomial then other zero 1
will be 2 + 3√5 .
Reason: Irrational zeroes always occur in pairs.

19 Assertion: A quadratic polynomial, sum of whose zeroes is 8 and their 1


product is 12 is 𝑥𝑥 2 – 20 𝑥𝑥 + 96.
Reason: If α and β are the zeroes of a polynomial then the polynomial is given
by x 2 − (α + β ) + αβ .
20 Assertion : 𝑥𝑥 2 + 7 𝑥𝑥 + 12 has no real zeroes. 1
Reason : A quadratic polynomial can have at the most two zeroes.

VSA type Questions : ( 2 marks each )


LEVEL – 1

Q21. Find the quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are -3 and 4


Q22. The graph of y = p ( x ) is shown in the figure below. How many
zeroes does p( x ) have ?

Q23. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2‒ √3 x ‒ 6.


Q24. If ‒1 is a zero of quadratic polynomial p( x )= kx2‒5x‒4 , then find the value of k.
Q25. If p and q are the zeroes of the polynomial ax2+bx+c , where a ≠ 0 , then
Find the value of p+q.
‒1
Q26. What is the value of p( x )= x2‒3x‒4 at x = ?
2
LEVEL – 2
Q27. Find the zeroes of the polynomial √3 x2 + 10x + 7√3
3− √3 3+ √3
Q28. Form a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are and
5 5
Q29. Find the quadratic polynomial whose sum of zeroes is 8 and their product is 12
Hence find the zeroes of the polynomial .
Q30. If α and β are the zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = ax2+bx+c, then find the
1 1
value of 𝛼𝛼2 + 𝛽𝛽2.
1
Q31. If α and 𝛼𝛼 are the zeroes of the polynomial f(x)= 4x2‒2x+ (k‒4)
then find the value of k .
Q32. If α and β are the zeroes of the polynomial x2‒5x+ p such that α ‒β = 1
then find the value of p .
LEVEL – 3

Q33. If ‒ 2 and ‒ 3 are the zeroes of the quadratic equation polynomial


P(x ) =x 2 + (a+1) x + b , then find the value of a and b .
Q34. If the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial p(x) = 3x 2+ ( 2k – 1 ) x - 5 are equal
in magnitudes but opposite in sign then finds the value of k .
Q35. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 2x 2+ x - 10 and find
the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients.
Q36. IF one zero of the polynomial ( a2 +9) x + 13x+ 6a is the reciprocal of other ,
then find the value of a.
Q37. If α and β are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x)= x2‒ 1 . Form the
2𝛼𝛼 2𝛽𝛽
Quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are 𝛽𝛽 and 𝛼𝛼 .
Q38. If α and β are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x)= x2‒6x+ a , find
the value of a if 3α +2β = 20

SA type Questions : ( 3 marks each )


LEVEL – 1
Q.39. Find a quadratic polynomial, the sum and product of whose zeroes are 0
and −3/5 respectively. Hence find the zeroes.
Q.40. Find a quadratic polynomial, the sum and product of whose zeroes are -8 and 12
respectively. Hence find the zeroes.
Q.41. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 9t2-6t + 1 and verify the relationship
between the zeroes and the coefficients.
Q.42 Show that 1/2 and −3/2 are the zeroes of the polynomial 4x2 + 4x – 3 and verify the
relationship between zeroes and co-efficients of polynomial.
Q. 43 Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 6x2 – 3 – 7x and verify the relationship
between the zeroes and the coefficients of the polynomial.
Q.44. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x2 – 3x – 28 and verify the
relationship between the zeroes and the co-efficients of the polynomial.
LEVEL – 2
Q.45. If α and β are the zeroes of the polynomial 6y2 – 7y + 2, find a quadratic polynomial
whose zeroes are 1/α and 1/β.
Q.46. Divide 3x2 + 5x – 1 by x + 2 and verify the division algorithm.
Q.47. Find the value of “x” in the polynomial 2a2 + 2xa + 5a + 10 if (a + x) is one of its
factors.
Q 48. α and β are zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 – 6x + y. Find the value of ‘y’ if 3α +
2β = 20.
Q. 49. If one zero of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = 4x2 – 8kx + 8x – 9 is negative of the
other, then find the zeroes of kx2 + 3kx + 2.
Q. 50. If the squared difference of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x² + px + 45
is 144, find the value of p.
LEVEL – 3
Q. 51 On dividing 3x3 + 4x2 + 5x – 13 by a polynomial g(x) the quotient and remainder were
3x +10 and 16x – 43 respectively. Find the polynomial g(x).
Q. 52 Check whether polynomial x – 1 is a factor of the polynomial x3 – 8x2 + 19x – 12.
Verify by division algorithm.
Q. 53 Divide 4x3 + 2x2 + 5x – 6 by 2x2 + 1 + 3x and verify the division algorithm.
Q. 54 If the zeroes of the polynomial x3 – 3x2 + x + 1 are a – b, a, a + b, then find the value of
a and b.
Q. 55 Find a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are reciprocals of the zeroes of the
polynomial f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, a ≠ 0, c ≠ 0.
Q. 56 Obtain all other zeroes of the polynomial x4 – 3√2x3 – 3x2 + 3√2x – 4, if two of its
zeroes are √2 and 2√2.
LONG ANSWER type Questions : ( 5 marks each )
LEVEL – 1
Q57. If α and β are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x)= 2x2‒5x+ 7 , then find
the polynomial whose zeroes are 2α + 3β and 3α +2β
Q58. If α and β are the zeroes of he polynomial f(x) = 2x2 + 5x+ k satisfying the
21
relation α2 +β2 + αβ = 4 , then find the value of k for this to be possible.
Hence find the polynomial and zeroes of the polynomial.
Q59. If p and q are the zeroes of the polynomial 3x2‒4x+ 1 , find the polynomial
p2 q2
Whose zeroes are and . Also find the value of p and q .
q p
LEVEL – 2
Q60. If α and β are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = 2x2‒4x+ 5, then find
the value of
1 1 1 1
(i) α2 + β2 (ii) 𝛼𝛼 + 𝛽𝛽 (iii) ( α‒ β ) 2 (iv) 𝛼𝛼2 + 𝛽𝛽2 (v) α3 + β3
Q61. Prove the following:
(i) If the zeroes of the polynomial x 2+ px + q are two consecutive integers,
then show that p2 ‒ 1 = 4q
(ii) If ( n‒k ) is a zero of the polynomial x 2+ px + q and x 2+ mx + n.
𝑛𝑛−𝑞𝑞
then prove that k = n + 𝑚𝑚−𝑝𝑝
Q62. (i) If p and q are the zeroes of the polynomial x 2+ px + q , then find the values
of p and q .
(ii) If p and q are the zeroes of the polynomial 2x 2 ‒ 6x + 3, then find the value
of ( p3+q3) ‒ 3pq ( p2 + q2) ‒ 3pq ( p + q)
LEVEL – 3
Q63. Without actually calculating the zeroes, form a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are
reciprocals of the zeroes of the polynomial 5x2 + 2x – 3.
Q64. If the squared difference of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x)=x2 + px +45 is
equal to 144, find the value of p.
Q65. If the polynomial 16a4 + 8a2 -15 have real zeroes, find them.

(Case Study Based Questions)


CASE STUDY 1:

The below picture are few natural examples of parabolic shape which is represented by a
quadratic polynomial. A parabolic arch is an arch in the shape of a parabola. In structures,
their curve represents an efficient method of load, and so can be found in bridges and in
architecture in a variety of forms.
1. In the standard form of quadratic polynomial, ax2 + bx + c, a, b and c are
a) All are Polynomials.
b) All are rational numbers.
c) ‘a’ is a non zero real number and b and c are any real numbers.
d) All are integers.
Answers: c) ‘a’ is a non zero real number and b and c are any real numbers.
2. If the roots of the quadratic polynomial are equal, where the discriminant D = b2 –
4ac, then
a) D > 0 b) D < 0 c) D ≥ 0 d) D = 0
Answers: d) D = 0
3. If α and 1/α are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 2x2 – x + 8k, then k is
a) 4 b) 1/4 c) –1/4 d) 2
Answers: b) 1/4
4. The graph of x2+1 = 0
a) Intersects x‐axis at two distinct points.
b)Touches x‐axis at a point.
c) Neither touches nor intersects x‐axis.
d)Either touches or intersects x‐ axis.
Answers: c) Neither touches nor intersects x‐axis.
5. If the sum of the roots is –p and product of the roots is –1/p, then the quadratic
polynomial is
a) k(–px2 + x/p + 1)
b) k(px2 – x/p – 1)
c) k(x2 + px – 1/p)
d) k(x2 – px + 1/p)
Answers: c) k(x2 + px – 1/p)

CASE STUDY 2:
An asana is a body posture, originally and still a general term for a sitting meditation pose, and later
extended in hatha yoga and modern yoga as exercise, to any type of pose or position, adding reclining,
standing, inverted, twisting, and balancing poses. In the figure, one can observe that poses can be
related to representation of quadratic polynomial.
1. The shape of the poses shown is
a) Spiral b) Ellipse c) Linear d) Parabola
Answer: d) Parabola
2. The graph of parabola opens downwards, if _______
a) a ≥ 0 b) a = 0 c) a < 0 d) a > 0
Answer: c) a < 0
3. In the graph, how many zeroes are there for the polynomial?

a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) 3

Answer: c) 2
4. The two zeroes in the above shown graph are
a) 2, 4 b) -2, 4 c) -8, 4 d) 2, -8
Answer: b) -2, 4

CASE STUDY 3:
Basketball and soccer are played with a spherical ball. Even though an athlete dribbles the ball in both
sports, a basketball player uses his hands and a soccer player uses his feet. Usually, soccer is played
outdoors on a large field and basketball is played indoor on a court made out of wood. The projectile
(path traced) of soccer ball and basketball are in the form of parabola representing quadratic
polynomial.

1. The shape of the path traced shown is


a) Spiral b) Ellipse c) Linear d) Parabola
Answer: d) Parabola
2. The graph of parabola opens upwards, if _______
a) a = 0 b) a < 0 c) a > 0 d) a ≥ 0
Answer: c) a > 0
3. Observe the following graph and answer
In the above graph, how many zeroes are there for the polynomial?

a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) 3
Answer: d) 3
4. The three zeroes in the above shown graph are
a) 2, 3,-1 b) -2, 3, 1 c) -3, -1, 2 d) -2, -3, -1
Answer: c) -3, -1, 2
5. What will be the expression of the polynomial?
a) x3 + 2x2 – 5x – 6
b) x3 + 2x2 – 5x + 6
c) x3 + 2x2 + 5x – 6
d) x3 + 2x2 + 5x + 6
Answer: a) x3 + 2x2 – 5x – 6

CASE STUDY 4:
Priya and her husband Aman who is an architect by profession, visited France. They went to see Mont
Blanc Tunnel which is a highway tunnel between France and Italy, under the Mont Blanc Mountain in
the Alps, and
has a parabolic cross-section. The mathematical representation of the tunnel is shown in the graph.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions.
The zeroes of the polynomial whose graph is given, are
(a) -2, 8
(b)-2, -8
(c) 2,8
(d) -2,0
Answer: (a) -2, 8

What will be the expression of the polynomial given in diagram?


(a) x2 – 6x + 16
(b) -x2 + 6x + 16
(c) x2 + 6x + 16
(d) -x2 – 6x – 16
Answer: (b) -x2 + 6x + 16

What is the value of the polynomial. represented by the graph, when x = 4?


(a) 22
(b) 23
(c) 24
(d) 25
Answer:(c) 24

If the tunnel is represented by -x2+3x-2. then its zeroes are


(a) -1, -2
(b) 1, -2
(c) -1, 2
(d) 1, 2
Answer: (d) 1, 2
If one of the zero is 4 and sum of zeroes is -3, then representation of tunnel as a
polynomial is
(a) x2-x+24
(b)-x2-3x+28
(c) x2+x+28
(d) x2-x+28
Answer: (b)-x2-3x+28

CASE STUDY -5
Water Tank A builder wants to build a sump to store water in an apartment. He planned in
such a way that its base dimensions are (x + 1) and (x -2).
(i) Find how much he has to dig so that the volume of the rectangular prism will be
f(x) = x4+ 2x3- 4x2- 7x -2.
(ii) If x=10 units, what is the volume of the sump. Page 25 of 307
(iii) If x = 10 and the builder wants to paint the outer portion on the sump, what is the
cost of painting, if the cost of paint is Rs. 25/ per square unit.
(iv) If the builder wants to close the sump, what is the cost of painting?
(v) If the inner walls the tank needs to be coated at the rate of Rs.50 per sq m. What is
the total cost of coating ? ( Ignore the thickness of walls)

CASE STUDY - 6

Refer to the above below. A teacher told 10 students to write a polynomial on black board.
Students wrote as shown in the below image.

Q 1. How many students wrote cubic polynomial?


Q2. which of the following is not a polynomial?

Q3. The degree of the polynomial in 8 number.

ANSWERS (MCQ)

1. D
2. A
3. A
4. A
5. D
6. A
7. C
8. A
9. D
10. D
11. C
12. C
13. B
14. C
15. A
16. D
17. C
18. A
19. D
20. D
21. x2 – x ‒ 12
22. 3 zeros .
23. Zeroes are 2√3 , ‒ √3
24. K = ‒1
−𝑏𝑏
25. p+q = 𝑎𝑎
‒9
26. 4
−7
27. ‒ √3 ,
√3
28. 25x2 – 30x + 6
29. Required polynomial is x2 – 8x + 12
a. Zeroes of the polynomial are 2 and 6 .
𝑏𝑏2−2𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
30. 𝑐𝑐2
31. K=8
32. P = 6
33. a = 4 , b = 6
1
34. k = 2
−5
35. α = 2 and β = 2
−1 −𝑏𝑏 − ( 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑥𝑥 )
a. Sum of the zeroes = α + β = 2
= 𝑎𝑎
= 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑥𝑥2
−10 𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
i. Product of the zeroes = α × β = -5 = 2
= 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑥𝑥2
36. a = 3
37. f ( x ) = x2 + 4x + 4
38. a = ‒16
39. Zeroes are √15/5 and -√15/5
40. Zeroes are x = -2 or x = -6.
41. zeroes are 1/3 & 1/3
42. Divisor × Quotient + Remainder = Dividend
43. x = 3/2 and x = -1/3
44. x = 7 or x = -4
45. ½ (2x² - 7x + 6)
46. Divisor × Quotient + Remainder = Dividend.
47. x = 2
48. y = αβ = (8)(-2) = -16
49. k= 1
Zeroes are -1 & -2.
50. p = +18 & p = -18
51. g(x) = x² - 2x + 3
52. Yes, (x – 1) is a factor of P(x).
Verification:
Divisor × Quotient + Remainder = Dividend
53. Divisor × Quotient + Remainder = Dividend
54. a = 1 & b = √2
55. = k[x2 – (-b/c)x + (a/c)]
= k[x2 + (b/c) + (a/c)]
56. Other zeroes are 1 & -1
25
57. Required polynomial, f( x ) = k(x2 ‒ 2
x + 41) where k is any non-zero
1
real number. Or, f( x ) = 2x2 ‒ 25x + 82 where k = 2
58.
. K = 2 , so the polynomial is f ( x ) = 2x2 + 5x + 2
‒1
Zeroes of the polynomial are ‒2 and 2
28 1
59. Required polynomial = k(x2 ‒ 9
x+ 3
) where k is any nonzero real number
1
or, 9x2‒28x+ 3 where k = 9
1
Here, p = 1 and q = 3
1 1 4
60. (i) α2 + β2 = ‒1 (ii) + 𝛽𝛽 = (iii) ( α‒ β ) 2 = ‒6
𝛼𝛼 5
1 1 ‒4
(iv) 𝛼𝛼2
+ 𝛽𝛽2 = 25
(v) α3 + β3 = ‒ 7
61. (i) p = 1 , q = ‒ 2 or, p=q=0
3 3 2 2
62. (ii) ( p +q ) ‒ 3pq ( p + q ) ‒ 3pq ( p + q) = ‒ 27
63. 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 2𝑥𝑥 − 5
64. 18
−√5 √3
65. ,2
2
CHAPTER-3
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES
Linear equation in two variables:
Any equation that can be written in the form a𝓍𝓍 + by + c = 0 , where a , b and c are real numbers and
a and b are not both zero i.e. 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 ≠0 is called a linear equation in two variables.
As for example : 2𝓍𝓍 + 3 y = 7
Solution of linear equation in two variable: The value of variables that satisfy an equation are
called the solutions of the equation.
Therefore 𝓍𝓍 = 2 and y = 1 are the solutions of the equation 2𝓍𝓍 + 3 y = 7
The graphical ( i.e. geometric ) representation of a linear equation in two variables is a straight line
such that every point on the line represents a solution of the equation and every solution of the
equation is represented by a point on the line.
Two linear equations in two same variables are said to be pair of linear equations in two variables.
The general form for a pair of linear equations in two variables 𝓍𝓍 and y is
𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 y + 𝑐𝑐1 = 0 and 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐2 = 0 , where 𝑎𝑎1 , 𝑏𝑏1 , 𝑐𝑐1, 𝑎𝑎2 , 𝑏𝑏2 , 𝑐𝑐2 are all real numbers
and 𝑎𝑎1 2 + 𝑏𝑏1 2 ≠ 0 , 𝑎𝑎2 2 + 𝑏𝑏2 2 ≠ 0 .
 A pair of linear equations in two variables may have
 (i) only one solution (unique solution)
 (ii) infinitely many solutions
 (iii) no solution
• A pair of linear equations in two variables, which has a solution, is called a consistent pair of
linear equations.
• A pair of linear equations two variables, which has no solutions, is called an inconsistent pair
of linear equations.
We can now summarise the behaviour of lines represented by a pair of linear equations in two
variables and the existence of solutions as follows
• The lines may intersect at a single point. . In this case, the pair of equations has unique solution
.(consistent pair of equations)
• The lines may be parallel. In this case, the equations have no solution. (Inconsistent pair of
equations)
• The lines may be coincide. In this case, the equations have infinite no. solution( consistent pair
of equations)

Thus the lines represented by the equations


𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 y + 𝑐𝑐1 = 0 and 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐2 = 0 will

𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏1
(𝑖𝑖) intersect at a point if ≠
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏1 𝑐𝑐1
(𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) coincide each other if = =
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2 𝑐𝑐2
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏1 𝑐𝑐1
(𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) be parallel if = ≠
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2 𝑐𝑐2

Let us observe the table given below


Pair of lines 𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏1 𝑐𝑐1 Compare the ratios Graphical Algebraic
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2 𝑐𝑐2 representation interpretation

𝓍𝓍 − 2y = 0 1 −2 0 𝑎𝑎1

𝑏𝑏1 Intersecting Unique
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2
3 𝓍𝓍 + 4y – 20 = 0 3 4 −20 lines solution
2𝓍𝓍 + 3y − 9 = 0 2 3 −9 𝑎𝑎1
=
𝑏𝑏1
=
𝑐𝑐1 Coincident Infinitely
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2 𝑐𝑐2
4𝓍𝓍 + 6𝑦𝑦 − 18 = 0 4 6 −18 lines many
solutions
𝓍𝓍 +2y − 4 = 0 1 2 −4 𝑎𝑎1
=
𝑏𝑏1

𝑐𝑐1 Parallel lines No solution
𝑎𝑎2 𝑏𝑏2 𝑐𝑐2
2𝓍𝓍 + 4y −12 = 0 2 4 −12

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS(MCQ’s)


1. If a pair of equation is consistent, then the lines representing them are
(a) Parallel (b) always coincident (c) intersecting or coincident (d) always intersecting
2. the value of k for which the system of linear equations x + 2y = 3, 5x + ky +7 = 0 is inconsistent
is
14 2
(a) − 3 (b) 5 (c) 5 (d) 10

3. The system of equation x = 0, y = 3 has


(a) A unique solution (b) no solution (c) two solutions (d) infinitely many solutions

4. If the system of equations 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 7 and 2𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + (𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏)𝑦𝑦 = 8 has infinitely many solutions,
then
(a) 𝑎𝑎 = 2𝑏𝑏 (b) 𝑎𝑎 + 2𝑏𝑏 = 0 (c) 𝑏𝑏 = 2𝑎𝑎 (d) 2𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 0

5. One equation of a pair of dependent linear equations is −5𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑦𝑦 − 2 = 0, the second equation
can be
(a) 10𝑥𝑥 + 14𝑦𝑦 + 4 = 0 (b) −10𝑥𝑥 − 14𝑦𝑦 + 4 = 0
(c) −10𝑥𝑥 + 14𝑦𝑦 + 4 = 0 (d) 10𝑥𝑥 − 14𝑦𝑦 = −4

6. If the pair of linear equation (3𝑘𝑘 + 1)𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 − 5 = 0 and 2𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 + 5 = 0 has infinite number
of solutions, then the value of 𝑘𝑘 is
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) -1
7. The value of 𝑘𝑘 for which the system of equations 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑘𝑘 2 and 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 1
has many solutions, is
(a)1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
8. The value of K for which the system of linear equations 2x+3y=5, 4x+ky=10 is has infinitely
many solutions is
(a) – 14/3 (b) 2/5 (c) 5 (d) 10
9. The area of a triangle formed by lines x=3, y=4 and x=y is ……. Sq. units
(a) 1/2 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) none of these
10. The pair of equations y=0 and y=-7 has …… solutions.
(a) unique (b) no (c) many (d) none
11. If 2x+y = 2x-y = √8, then x= …… and y= ………

(a)√2, 0 (b) ½, 0 (c) 0, 5/2 (d) 3,2


12. If the pair of linear equations x+2y=5 and 3x+ky+15=0 have no solutions, then the value of k is
(a) 6 (b) -6 (c) 3/2 (d) none of these
13. If the pair of equations ax + 2y = 7 and 3x + by = 16 represent parallel lines, then ab= --- ----------

(a)1/6 (b) -1/6 (c) 6 (d) -5/6


14. If the pair of linear equations 2x-3y=0 and kx+6y=0 has non zero solutions, then the value of k
is
(a) -12 (b) 4 (c) -4 (d) 12
15. The area of a triangle formed by the lines y=x, x=6 and y=0 is …..…sq.units
(a)18 (b) 36 (c) 9 (d) 72
Each of the following equations contains STATEMENT-1(Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
and has the following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is correct answer, mark the
correct choice.
(a) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true; statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1
(b) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true; statement-2 is not correct explanation for statement-1
(c) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false
(d) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true.

16. Statement-1(Assertion): the system of linear equations 3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 − 4 = 0 and 15𝑥𝑥 + 25𝑦𝑦 − 25 = 0
is inconsistent
Statement -2 (Reason): the pair of linear equations 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐1 = 0 and 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐2 =
𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
0 represents parallel lines, if 𝑎𝑎1 = 𝑏𝑏1 ≠ 𝑐𝑐1.
2 2 2

17. Statement-1 (Assertion): if a pair of linear equations represent coincident lines, then the equations
are consistent and have a unique solution.
Statement-2 (Reason): a pair of linear equations 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐1 = 0 and 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 +
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
𝑐𝑐2 = 0 represents coincident lines iff = 𝑏𝑏1 = 𝑐𝑐1.
𝑎𝑎2 2 2

18. Statement-1 (Assertion): if the system of equations 3𝑥𝑥 + 6𝑦𝑦 = 10 and


2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 5 = 0 is inconsistent, then 𝑘𝑘 = −4.
Statement-2 (Reason): a pair of linear equations 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐1 = 0 and 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐2 = 0 is
𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
inconsistent iff 𝑎𝑎1 = 𝑏𝑏1 = 𝑐𝑐1
2 2 2
19. Statement -1(Assertion) : The system of liner equation 2x + 3y = 7 and kx + 9/2y
= 12 have no solution, if k =3
Statement-2 ( Reason) : The system of liner equation 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐1 = 0 and 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐2 = 0
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
have no solution, if = 𝑏𝑏1 ≠ 𝑐𝑐1 .
𝑎𝑎2 2 2

20. Statement -1(Assertion): The system of equation 2x + y + 9 = 0 and x + 3y +7 = 0 is consistent

having unique solution.


Statement -2(Reason) : The system of equation ax + by + c = 0 and px + qy + r = 0 is always

consistent, if aq = bq.

VERY SHORT ANSWER(VSA) 2 MARKS


LEVEL- 1 (EASY)
1. Solve the following equations by substitution method
𝓍𝓍 + y = 8 and 𝓍𝓍 − y = 6
2. Solve the following equations by elimination method
𝓍𝓍 + y = 5 and 2 𝓍𝓍 − 3y = 4
3. For what value of P does the pair of linear equations given below has unique solution?
4 𝓍𝓍 + p y + 8 = 0 and 2 𝓍𝓍 + 2 y + 2 = 0
4. Find out whether the following pair of linear equations are consistent or inconsistent.
3 𝓍𝓍 + 2y = 5 and 2 𝓍𝓍 − 3 y = 7
5. Given the linear equation 2 𝓍𝓍 + 3y – 8 = 0 , write another linear equation in two variables such
that the geometrical representation of the pair so formed is
(i) intersecting lines (ii) parallel lines
6. Write whether the lines representing by the following pair of linear equations intersect at a
point , are parallel or coincident lines.
5 𝓍𝓍 − 4 y + 8 = 0 and 7 𝓍𝓍 + 6 y – 9 = 0

LEVEL – 2 (AVERAGE)
1. If 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎, 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑏𝑏 is the solution of the pair of equations 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 2 and 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 4, find the value
of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏.
2. How many solutions are there for the following pair of equations?
2𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 − 1 = 0, 4𝑥𝑥 − 6𝑦𝑦 − 2 = 0
3. Show that the pair of linear equations 9𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 9, 18𝑥𝑥 + 8𝑦𝑦 = 17 has no solution.
4. Two supplementary angles are differ by 30°. Form a pair of linear equations for this
information.
5. Write equation of line parallel to (i) x-axis (ii) y-axis.
6. Solve the system 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 14, 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 4 by substitution method.

LEVEL-3 (DIFFICULT)
1. Find the value of 𝓍𝓍 and 𝓎𝓎 in the given
rectangle.

2. Solve the following equations by substitution


method.

√2 𝓍𝓍 + √3 𝑦𝑦 = 0 and √3 𝓍𝓍 − √8 𝑦𝑦 = 0
3. Solve the following equations.
21𝓍𝓍 + 47y = 110 and 47 𝓍𝓍 + 21 y = 162
4. For what values of k will the following pair of linear equations have infinitely many solutions?
k 𝓍𝓍 + 3y – (k−3) = 0 and 12 𝓍𝓍 + k y – k = 0
5. Solve for 𝓍𝓍 and y:
a 𝓍𝓍 + b y = a – b and b 𝓍𝓍 − a y = a +b
6. Find the value of k if the lines represented by the following equations are parallel.
3 𝓍𝓍 + y = 1 and (2k −1 ) 𝓍𝓍 + (k – 1) y = 2k + 1
QUESTIONS CONAINING 3 MARKS
LEVEL- 1 (EASY)
1. A lending library has a fixed charge for the first three days and an additional charge for each day
thereafter. Saritha paid RS.27 for a book kept for seven days, while Susy paid RS.21 for the book
she kept for five days. Find the fixed charge and the charge for each extra day.
2. Five years hence father’s age will be three times the age of his son. Five years ago, father was
seven times as old as his son. Find their present ages
3. 37 pens and 53 pencils together costs Rs320, while 53 pens and 37 pencils together costs Rs 400.
Find the cost of a pen and that of a pencil.
4. The sum of the digits of a two digit number is 8 and the difference between the number and that
formed by reversing the digits is 18.Find the number?
5. Solve the following system of linear equations graphically and shade the region between the two
lines and x axis
2x+3y=12 ,x-y=1
6. The coach of a cricket team buys 7 bats and 6 balls for Rs 3800 . Later, she buys 3 bats and 5 balls
for Rs 1750 . Find the cost of each bat and each ball.

LEVEL – 2 (AVERAGE)
1. Find 𝑐𝑐 if the system of equations 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 3𝑦𝑦 + (3 − 𝑐𝑐) = 0, 12𝑥𝑥 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − 𝑐𝑐 = 0
has infinitely many solutions?
2. For what value of 𝑘𝑘, does the system of linear equations 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 7, (𝑘𝑘 − 1)𝑥𝑥 +
(𝑘𝑘 + 2)𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑘𝑘 has an infinite number of solutions?
3. Solve the following pair of equations using elimination method.
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + 1 = 0, 4𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 − 10 = 0
4. Determine the value of 𝑘𝑘 for which the pair of linear equations 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 − 5 = 0, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 −
6𝑦𝑦 − 8 = 0 has a unique solution.
5. Find the x-coordinate of the point which lies on the line represented by 5𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 − 7 = 0 and
whose y-coordinate is 13.
𝑥𝑥 2𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦
6. Solve 2 + 3 = 11 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 3

LEVEL-3 (DIFFICULT)
7. Determine graphically the the coordinates of the vertices of a triangle , the equations of whose
sides are y = 𝓍𝓍 , y = 2 𝓍𝓍 and y + 𝓍𝓍 = 6

8. Father’s age is three times the sum of ages of his two children . After 5 years , his age will
be twice the sum of ages of two children . Find the present age of father.
9. A and B have certain number of mangoes . A says to B ,” if you give 30 of your mangoes , I
will have twice as many as left with you.” B replies ,” if you give me 10, I will have thrice
as many as left with you.” How many mangoes does each have?
10. A two digit number is obtained by either multiplying the sum of the digits by 8 and adding 1
or by multiplying the difference of the digits by 13 and adding 2 . Find the number.
11. The sum of the numerator and denominator of a fraction is 3 less than twice the denominator .
If the numerator and denominator are decreased by 1, the numerator becomes half the
denominator . Determine the fraction.
12. Points A and B are 70 km apart on a highway . One car starts from the point A and another car
starts from the point B simultaneously . If they travel in the same direction , they meet in 7
hours . But if they travel in opposite direction , then they meet in 1 hour . Find the speed of
the two cars .
QUESTIONS CONAINING 5 MARKS
LEVEL- 1 (EASY)
1. If we add 1 to the numerator and subtract 1 from denominator of a fraction then it reduces to 1
1
. It becomes 2 if we only add 1 to the denominator . what is the fraction?
2. The ratio of incomes of two persons is 9 : 7 and the ratio of their expenditures is 4:3. If each
of them saves Rs 2000 per month , then find their monthly incomes.
3. Meena went to bank to withdraw Rs 2000 . she asked the cashier to give her Rs 50 and Rs 100
notes only .Meena got 25 notes in all . Find how many notes of Rs 50 and Rs 100 she
received?
LEVEL – 2 (AVERAGE)
1. A two digit number is such that the product of its digit is 14. If 45 is added to the number; the
digits interchange their places. Find the number.
2. Yash scored 40 marks in a test, getting 3 marks for each right answer and losing 1 mark for
each wrong answer. Had 4 marks been awarded for each correct answer and 2 marks been
deduced for each incorrect answer, then Yash would have scored 50 marks. How many
questions were there in the test?
3. Ritu can row downstream 20 km in 2 hours, and upstream 4 km in 2 hours. Find her speed of
rowing in still water and speed of current.

LEVEL-3 (DIFFICULT)
4. A man invested some amount at the rate of 12% pa simple interest and some other amount at the
rate of 10% pa simple interest . He received yearly interest of Rs 130 .
But if he had interchanged the amount invested , he would have received Rs 4 more as interest
. How much amount did he invest at different rate?
5.A man sold a chair and a table together for Rs 1520 thereby making a profit of 25% on the chair and
10 % on the table . By selling them together for Rs 1535 , he would have made a profit of 10% on the
chair and 25% on the table . Find the cost price of each.
6. The sum of a two - digits number and the number obtained by reversing the order of digits is 66 .
If the digits of the number differ by two , then find the number . How many such numbers are there
and what are they?
CASE STUDY BASED QUESTIONS( 4 MARKS)
1. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow:
Vijay, a fruit vendor had some bananas, he divided them in two lots A and B. He sold the
first lot at the rate of ₹2 for 3 bananas and second lot at the rate of ₹1 per banana and got a total of
₹400. Had he sold the first lot at the rate of ₹1 per bananas, and second lot at the rate of ₹4 for five
bananas, his total collection would have been ₹460.
Answer the following questions:
(i) Which of the following system best describes above situation that the vendor faces?
(a). 5𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 2300, 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 2400
(b) 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 1200, 5𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 2300
(c) 𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 460, 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 400
(d) 4𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 2300, 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 120
(ii) Which of the following equation is not an equation of the system of equation
representing above equation?
1 4 2
(𝑎𝑎) 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 400 (𝑏𝑏) 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 1200 (c ) 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 460 (d) 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 400
3 5 3

(iii) Condition for system of linear equation 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐1 = 0, 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑐𝑐2 = 0
to have unique solution is given by
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐 𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐 𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏 𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
(a) = 𝑏𝑏1 = 𝑐𝑐1 (b) ≠ 𝑏𝑏1 = 𝑐𝑐1 (c) ≠ 𝑏𝑏1 (d) = 𝑏𝑏1 ≠ 𝑐𝑐1
𝑎𝑎2 2 2 𝑎𝑎2 2 2 𝑎𝑎2 2 𝑎𝑎2 2 2

(iv) Which of the following is not true about banana lot?


(a) Quantity of bananas of lot A is greater than bananas of lot B.
(b) Quantity total bananas of both kinds exceed 40 dozens.
(c ) Bananas of type A is 100 less than bananas of type B.
(d) System representing above situation can easily be solved by using method of
elimination.
2.
1
A test consists of true or false questions. One mark is awarded for every correct answer while 4
mark is deducted for every wrong answer. A student knew answer to some of questions. Rest of the
questions he attempted by guessing. He answered 120 questions and got 90 marks.
Type of questions Marks given for correct Marks deducted for
answer wrong answers
True/false 1 0.25
Answer the following:
1
A test consists of true or false questions. One mark is awarded for every correct answer while 4
mark is deducted for every wrong answer. A student knew answer to some of questions. Rest of the
questions he attempted by guessing. He answered 120 questions and got 90 marks.
Type of questions Marks given for correct Marks deducted for
answer wrong answers
True/false 1 0.25
Answer the following:

(i) If answer to all questions he attempted by guessing were wrong, then how many questions did he
answered correctly?

(a) 24
(b) 48
(c) 56
(d) 96

(ii) How many questions did he guess?

(a) 96
(b) 24
(c) 120
(d) 86

(iii) If answer to all questions he attempted by guessing were wrong and answered 80 correctly, then
how many marks did he got?

(a) 70
(b) 60
(c) 80
(d) 24

(iv) If answer to all questions he attempted by guessing were wrong, then how many questions
answered correctly to score 95 marks?

(a) 96 (b) 5 (c) 76 (d)100

3. Rohit sells a saree at 8% profit and a sweater at 10% discount , thereby getting a sum of Rs
1008 . If he had sold the saree at 10% profit and sweater at 8% discount , he would have got
Rs 1028.

Denote the cost price of the saree and the list price of the sweater by Rs x and Rs y
respectively .
Answer the following questions
(i) The 1st situation can be represented algebraically as
(a) 2.08x+1.9y=2008 (b) 1.08x+0.9y=1008
(c) 10x+8y=1008 (d)8x+10y=1008
nd
(ii) The 2 situation can be represented aigebraically as
(a) 10x+8y=1028 (b) 2.1x+1.92y=1028
(c) 1.1x+0.92y=1028 (d)8x+10y=1028
(iii) Linear equation represented by 1st situation intersect the x-axis at
2500 2800
(a) ( 2008, 0) (b) (2500, 0) ( c) ( 3
, 0) (d) ( 3
, 0)
(iv) Linear equation represented by 2nd situation intersect the y-axis at
25700
(a) ( 0, 23
) (b) (0, 25700)
25800
(c) (0, 23
) (d) (0, 26800)

4. Mr Manoj Kumar arranged a lunch party for some of his friends. The expense of the lunch are
partly constant and partly proportional to the number of guests . The expenses
amount to Rs 650 for 7 guests and Rs 970 for 11 guests.
Denote the constant expense by Rs x and proportional expense per person by Rs y.
Answer the following questions
(i) Represent both the situation algebraically
(a) x+7y=650, x+11y=970
(b) x‒7y=650, x‒11y=970
( c) x+11y=650, x+7y=970
(d) 11x+7y=650, 11x- 7y=970
(ii) Proportional expense for each person is
(a) Rs 50 (b) Rs 80 (c) Rs 90 (d) Rs 100
(iii) The fixed ( or constant) expense for the party is
(a) Rs 50 (b) Rs 80 (c) Rs 90 (d) Rs100
(iv) If there would be 15 guests at the lunch party, then what amount Mr Manoj has to pay
?
(a) Rs 1500 (b) Rs 1300 (c) Rs1200 (d) Rs1290
5. Techers and student of class X of a school had gone to Nandan Kannan for study tour. After
visiting different place of Nandan Kannan, lastly, they visited bird’s sanctuary and deep park.
Rohan is a cleaver boy and keen observer. He put the questions to his friends “How many birds
are there and how many deer are there (at particular time) in Nandan Kannan?’’ Rahu’s friend,
Nishith gave the correct answers as follow:
‘Nishith answered that total animals have 1000 eyes and 1400 leg.’
(i) If x and y be the number of birds and deer respectively, what is equation of total number of
eye?
(a) x+y = 1000 (b) x+y = 500 (c) x-y = 1000 (d) x-y = 500

(ii) what if the equation of total number of legs?


(a) 2x+y =70 (b) x+2y =500 (c) x+2y =700 (d) 2x+y =500

(iii) How many birds are there in the zoo?


(a) 1000 (b) 5000 (c) 300 (d) 200

(iv) How many deer are there in the zoo?


(a) 500 (b) 200 (c) 300 (d) 200
6. Puneet went for shopping in the evening by metro with his father who is an expert in
mathematics . he told Puneet that path of metro A is given by the equation
2𝓍𝓍 + 4 y = 8 and path of metro B is given by the equation 3 𝓍𝓍 + 6 y = 18. His father put
some questions to Puneet . Help Puneet to solve the questions.
(i) Equation 2𝓍𝓍 + 4 y = 8 intersects the x – axis and y- axis at
(a) (4,0) , (0,2) (b) (0,4) , (2,0) (c) (4,0) , (2,0) (d) (0,4) , (0,2)
(ii) Equation 3 𝓍𝓍 + 6 y = 18 intersects x- axis and y- axis at
(a) (6,0) , (0,8) (b) (0,6) , (0,8) (c) (6,0) , (0,3) (d) (0,6) , (0,3)
(iii) Co-ordinates of the point of intersection of the lines represented by these equations
are
(a) (1,2) (b) (2,4) (c) (3,7) (d) does not exist
(iv) The lines represented by the equations are
(a) parallel to each other (b) intersecting at a single point
(c) coinciding each other (d) none of these

PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIOS IN TWO VA

MCQ
2
(1) (c) intersecting or coincident (2) (b) 5 (3) (b) no solution (4) (c) 𝑏𝑏 = 2𝑎𝑎

(5) (b) −10𝑥𝑥 − 14𝑦𝑦 + 4 = 0 (6) (d) -1 (7) (a)1

(8) (d) 10 , ( 9) (a) 1/2 , (10) (b) no (11) (a)√2, 0 (12) (a) 6 (13) (c) 6 (14) (c) -4
(15) (a)18
(16) (a) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true; statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1
(17) (d)Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true.
(18) (c) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false
(19) (a) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true; statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1
(20) (b) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true; statement-2 is not correct explanation for statement-1
ANSWERS( 2 MARKS QUESTIONS)
LEVEL-1(EASY)
19 6
(1) (7,1) (2) � 5 , 5� (3) For all values of p except 4 (4) Consistent (5) 2 𝓍𝓍 − 3y + 8 = 0 and 4
𝓍𝓍 + 6y – 16 = 0 (6) Intersecting at a point.
LEVEL-2(AVERAGE)
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
(1) a = 3 , b = 1 (2) infinite solution (3) = 𝑏𝑏1 ≠ 𝑐𝑐1. (4) 𝓍𝓍+ y = 1800 , 𝓍𝓍 −y= 300 (5) II to x- axis , II to
𝑎𝑎2 2 2
y – axis (6) 𝓍𝓍 = 9 , y = 5
LEVEL -3(DIFFICULT)

(1) 𝓍𝓍 = 1 , Y = 4 , (2) 𝓍𝓍 = 0 , y= 0 (3) 𝓍𝓍 = 3 , y = 1 (4) k = 6 (5) 𝓍𝓍 = 1 , y = - 1 (6) k =2

ANSWERS( 3 MARKS QUESTIONS)


LEVEL-1(EASY)
(1) Fixed charge is Rs 15 , charge per day Rs 3 (2) Fathrer’s age 40 years , son’s age 10 years
(3) Cost of 1 pen is Rs 6.50 , Cost of 1 pencil is Rs 1.50 (4) 53 (5) (3,2) (6) Cost of 1 bat Rs 500 , Cost of
each ball is Rs 50
LEVEL-2(AVERAGE)

(1) c = 6 (2) k = 7 (3) 𝓍𝓍 = 1 , y = 2 (4) k ≠ -4 (5) 4 (6) (6,12)


LEVEL -3(DIFFICULT)
4
(1) (0,0) , (2,4) and (3,3) , (2) 45 years ( 3) A : 34, B: 62 (4) 41 (5) 7
(6) Speed of car starts from A = 40 km/h ,Speed of car starts from B= 30 km/h
ANSWERS( 5 MARKS QUESTIONS)
LEVEL-1(EASY)
3
(1) Fraction = (2) Rs 18000 and Rs 14000 (3) No. of Rs50 note 10 and Rs 100 notes 100
5

LEVEL-2(AVERAGE)
(1) 27 (2) Total no. of questions = 20 (3) speed of current = 4 km/h, speed of rowing = 6 km/h
LEVEL -3(DIFFICULT)

(1) Amount invested at 12% pa is Rs 500 , amount invested at 10% pa is Rs 700

(2) Cost of chair = Rs 600 , Cost of table = Rs 700 (3) 24 and 42


ANSWERS( CASE STUDTY QUESTIONS

1. (i) (b) 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 1200, 5𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 2300


1
(ii) (𝑎𝑎) 3 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 400
𝑎𝑎1 𝑏𝑏
(iii) (c) ≠ 𝑏𝑏1
𝑎𝑎2 2

(iv) (c ) Bananas of type A is 100 less than bananas of type B.


2. (i) (d) 96
(ii) (b) 24
(iii) (a) 70
(iv) (d)100

3.
(i) (b) 1.08x+0.9y=1008
(ii) (c) 1.1x+0.92y=1028
2800
(iii) (d) ( 3 , 0)
25700
(iv) (a) ( 0, 23
)

4.
(i) (a) x+7y=650, x+11y=970
(ii) (c) Rs 90
(iii) (b) Rs 80
(iv) (d) Rs1290
5. (i) (b) x+y = 500
(ii) (c) x+2y =700
(iii) (c) 300
(iv) (b) 200
6. (i) (a) (4,0) , (0,2)
(ii) (c) (6,0) , (0,3)
(iii) (d) does not exist
(iv) (a) parallel to each other
CHAPTER-4
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS

Brief Notes of Quadratic Equations

Quadratic Polynomial
A polynomial of the form ax2+bx+c, where a, b and c are real numbers and a≠0 is
called a quadratic polynomial.

Quadratic Equation
When we equate a quadratic polynomial to a constant, we get a quadratic equation.
Any equation of the form p(x) = k, where p(x) is a polynomial of degree 2 and k is a constant,
is a quadratic equation.

The standard form of a Quadratic Equation


The standard form of a quadratic equation is ax2+bx+c=0, where a,b and c are real numbers
and a≠0.
‘a’ is the coefficient of x2. It is called the quadratic coefficient. ‘b’ is the coefficient of x. It is
called the linear coefficient. ‘c’ is the constant term.

Solving Quadratic Equations by Factorisation

Roots of a Quadratic equation


The values of x for which a quadratic equation is satisfied are called the roots of the quadratic
equation.
If α is a root of the quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0, then aα2+bα+c=0.
A quadratic equation can have two distinct real roots, two equal roots or real roots may not
exist.
Graphically, the roots of a quadratic equation are the points
where the graph of the quadratic polynomial cuts the x-axis.
Consider the graph of a quadratic equation x2−4=0

Graph of a Quadratic Equation


In the above figure, -2 and 2 are the roots of the quadratic equation x2−4=0
Note:

• If the graph of the quadratic polynomial cuts the x-axis at two distinct points, then it has
real and distinct roots.
• If the graph of the quadratic polynomial touches the x-axis, then it has real and equal
roots.
• If the graph of the quadratic polynomial does not cut or touch the x-axis then it does not
have any real roots.
Solving a Quadratic Equation by Factorization method
Consider a quadratic equation 2x2−5x+3=0
⇒2x2−2x−3x+3=0
This step is splitting the middle term
We split the middle term by finding two numbers (-2 and -3) such that their sum is equal to the
coefficient of x and their product is equal to the product of the coefficient of x2 and the constant.
(-2) + (-3) = (-5)
And (-2) × (-3) = 6
2x2−2x−3x+3=0
2x(x−1)−3(x−1)=0
(x−1)(2x−3)=0
In this step, we have expressed the quadratic polynomial as a product of its factors.
Thus, x = 1 and x =3/2 are the roots of the given quadratic equation.
This method of solving a quadratic equation is called the factorisation method.

Quadratic Formula
Quadratic Formula is used to directly obtain the roots of a quadratic equation from the standard
form of the equation.
For the quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0,
−𝑏𝑏 ± √𝑏𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
𝑥𝑥 =
2𝑎𝑎

Discriminant
For a quadratic equation of the form ax2+bx+c=0, the expression b2−4ac is called the
discriminant, (denoted by D), of the quadratic equation.
The discriminant determines the nature of roots of the quadratic equation based on the
coefficients of the quadratic equation.

Nature of Roots
Based on the value of the discriminant, D=b2−4ac, the roots of a quadratic equation, ax2 + bx
+ c = 0, can be of three types.
Case 1: If D>0, the equation has two distinct real roots.
Case 2: If D=0, the equation has two equal real roots.
Case 3: If D<0, the equation has no real roots.

Formation of a quadratic equation from its roots


To find out the standard form of a quadratic equation when the roots are given:
Let α and β be the roots of the quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0. Then,
(x−α)(x−β)=0
On expanding, we get,
x2−(α+β)x+αβ=0, which is the standard form of the quadratic equation.
Here, a=1,b=−(α+β) and c=αβ.

Sum and Product of Roots of a Quadratic equation


Let α and β be the roots of the quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0. Then,
Sum of roots = α + β = -b/a
Product of roots = αβ = c/a
MCQs (1 Mark Each)
Q.1 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
a) ax3+bx+c=0 b) ax+bx+c=0 c) ax2+bx+c d) ax2+bx+c=0
Q.2 The quadratic equation has degree ……..
a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) 3
Q.3 A quadratic equation ax2+bx+c = 0, has two equal roots if:
a) b2-4ac < 0 b) b2-4ac > 0 c) b2-4ac = 0 d) none of these
Q.4 The sum of two numbers is 27 and product is 182. The numbers are:
a) 16 & 11 b) 13 & 14 c) 12 & 15 d) 3 & 24
Q.5 The maximum number of roots for a quadratic equation is ……
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
Q.6 The product of two consecutive positive integers is 110. To find the integers, this can be
represented in the form of quadratic equation as:
a) x2+x+110 = 0 b) x2+x-110 = 0 c) 2x2+x+110 = 0 d) x2-x-110 = 0
Q.7 The sum of the squares of two consecutive natural numbers is 313. The numbers are:
a) 12 & 13 b) 13 & 14 c) 11 & 12 d) 14 & 15
Q.8 The roots of the quadratic equation x2-0.04 = 0 are:
a) ±0.2 b) ±0.02 c) 0.4 d) 2
Q.9 If one root of quadratic equation ax2+bx+c = 0 is the reciprocal of the other, then:
a) b = c b) a = b c) ac = 1 d) a = c
1 5
Q.10 If 2 is a root of the equation x2+kx- 4 = 0, then the value of k is:
1 1
a) 2 b) -2 c) 2 d) 4

Q.11 The linear factors of the quadratic equation x2+kx+1 = 0 are:


a) k ≥ 2 b) k ≤ 2 c) k ≥ -2 d) 2 ≤ k ≤ -2
Q.12 If x2+y2 = 25 and xy = 12, then x is:
a) 3, 4 b) 3, -3 c) 3,4,-3 & -4 d) 3, -4
Q.13 The quadratic equation x2+x-5 = 0 has:
a) two distinct real roots b) no real root
c) two equal real roots d) more than two real roots
Q.14 Which of the following equations has 2 as a root?
a) x2-4x+5 = 0 b) x2+3x-12 = 0 c) 2x2-7x+6 = 0 d) 3x2-6x-2 = 0
Q.15 If the equation (m2+n2)x2-2(mp+nq)x+p2+q2 = 0 has equal roots, then:
a) mp = nq b) mq = np c) mn = pq d) mq = √np
Q.16
Assertion : 4x2-12x+9 = 0 has repeated roots.
Reason : The quadratic equation ax2+bx+c = 0 have repeated roots if discriminant D > 0.
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.

Q.17
Assertion : The equation x2+3x+1 = (x-2)2 is a quadratic equation.
Reason : Any equation of the form ax2+bx+c = 0 where a ≠ 0, is called a quadratic equation.
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.

Q.18
𝑎𝑎
Assertion : The values of x are - 2 , a for a quadratic equation 2x2+ax-a2 = 0.
−𝑏𝑏±√𝑏𝑏 2 −4𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎
Reason : For quadratic equation ax2+bx+c = 0 , 𝑥𝑥 = 2𝑎𝑎

(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.

Q.19
Assertion : The equation 8x2+3kx+2 = 0 has equal roots then the value of k is ± 8.
Reason : The equation ax2+bx+c = 0 has equal roots if D = b2-4ac = 0
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.
Q.20
Assertion : The roots of the quadratic equation x2+2x+2=0 are imaginary.
Reason : If discriminant D = b2-4ac < 0 then the roots of quadratic equation ax2+bx+c= 0 are
imaginary.
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.

VSA TYPE QUESTIONS ( 2 Marks Each )

Q.1 Find discriminant of the quadratic equation 3x2+4x−5 = 0. What type of roots does the
given quadratic equation have?
Q.2 Find the roots of the quadratic equation x2-5x+6 = 0.
Q.3 Find the value of p so that the quadratic equation px(x–3)+9 = 0 has two equal roots.
Q.4 A two digit number is four times the sum of the digits. It is also equal to 3 times the
product of digits. Find the number.
Q.5 If one of the roots of x2 +px−4 = 0 is – 4, then find the product of its roots and the value of
p.
Q.6 If 1 is a root of the equations ay2+ay+3 = 0 and y2+y+b = 0, then find the value of ab.

SA TYPE QUESTIONS ( 3 Marks Each )

Q.1 If sin θ and cos θ are roots of the equation ax2+bx+c = 0, prove that
a2–b2+2ac = 0.
Q.2 Find the value of p, for which one root of the quadratic equation px2–14x+8 = 0 is 6 times
the other.
Q.3 The sides of two square plots are (2x−1)m and (5x+4)m. The area of the second square plot
is 9 times the area of the first square plot. Find the side of the larger plot.
Q.4 Find the values of k for which the quadratic equation (k+4)x2+(k+1)x+1 = 0 has equal
roots.
1
Q.5 The difference of two natural numbers is 5 and the sum of their reciprocals is 10 . Find the
numbers.
Q.6 Solve for x:
16 15
−1= ; 𝑥𝑥 ≠ 0, −1
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 + 1

LA TYPE QUESTIONS ( 5 Marks Each )

Q.1 A train covers a distance of 90 km at a uniform speed. Had the speed been 15 km/hr more,
it would have taken 30 minutes less for the journey. Find the original speed of the train.
Q.2 The sum of the ages of Ram and his son Shyam is 45 years. Five years ago, the
product of their ages in years was four times the Ram’s age at that time. Find their
present ages.
Q.3 Rajib takes 6 days less than the time taken by Mahid to finish a piece of work. If both
Rajib and Mahid together can finish it in 4 days, find the time taken by Mahid to finish
the work.

CASE STUDY BASED QUESTIONS ( 4 Marks Each )


CASE STUDY 1:
Ram and Shyam are very close friends. Both the families decide to go to Lansdowne by their
own cars. Ram’s car travels at a speed of x km/h while Shyam’s car travels 5 km/h faster than
Ram’s car. Ram took 4 hours more than Shyam to complete the journey of 400 km. Based on
the above information answer the following questions.

Q.1 What will be the distance covered by Shyam’s car in two hours?
a) 2(x+5) km
b) (x–5) km
c) 2(x+10) km
d) (2x+5) km

Q.2 Which of the following quadratic equation


describe the speed of Ram’s car?
a) x2-5x-500 = 0
b) x2+4x-400 = 0
c) x2+5x-500 = 0
d) x2-4x+400 = 0

Q.3 What is the speed of Ram’s car?


a) 20 km/hour b) 15 km/hour c) 25 km/hour d) 10 km/hour

Q.4 How much time took Shyam to travel 400 km?


a) 20 hours b) 40 hours c) 25 hours d) 16 hours

CASE STUDY 2:
The speed of a motor boat is 20 km/hr. For covering the distance of 15 km the boat took 1 hour
more for upstream than downstream. Based on the above information answer the following
questions.

Q.1 Let speed of the stream be x km/hr. then speed of the motorboat in upstream will be:
a) 20 km/hr b) (20+x) km/hr c) (20-x) km/hr d) 2 km/hr

Q.2 What is the relation between speed ,distance and time?


a) speed = (distance )/time c) distance = (speed )/time
b) time = speed × distance d) speed = distance × time

Q.3 Which is the correct quadratic equation for the speed of the current ?
a) x2+30x−200 = 0 c) x2+20x−400 = 0
b) x2+30x−400 = 0 d) x2−20x−400 = 0

Q.4 What is the speed of current ?


a) 20 km/hour b)10 km/hour c)15 km/hour d)25 km/hour
CASE STUDY 3:
In a class test, the sum of Lalita's marks in Mathematics and English is 30. Had she got 2 marks
more in Mathematics and 3 marks less in English, the product of their marks would have
been 210. Based on the above information answer the following questions.

Q.1 How much marks she scored in Maths ?


a) 12 c) 13
b) Either 12 or 13 d) None of the above

Q.2 How much marks she scored in English ?


a) 17 c) 18
b) Either 17 or 18 d) None of the above

CASE STUDY 4:
A cottage industry produces a certain number of pottery articles each day. It was observed on
monday that the cost of production of each article (in rupees) was 3 more than twice the
number of articles produced on that day. However on tuesday, it was observed that the cost of
production was 3 less than thrice the number of articles produced that day. The cost of
production was Rs.90 and Rs.60 on Monday and Tuesday, respectively. Based on the above
information answer the following questions.
Q.1 Find the number of articles produced on monday ?
a) 1 b) 4 c) 5 d) 6

Q.2 Find the cost of each article produced on monday ?


a) 12 b) 18 c) 15 d) 20

Q.3 Find the number of articles produced on tuesday ?


a) 1 b) 4 c) 5 d) 6

Q.4 Find the cost of each article produced on monday ?


a) 12 b) 18 c) 15 d) 20

CASE STUDY 5:
In the above image, the length of a hypotenuse of a right triangle exceeds the length of its base
by 2cm. and exceeds twice the length of the altitude by 1cm. Find the length of each side of the
triangle (in cm). Based on the above information answer the following questions.
Q.1 What is the length of hypotenuse ?
a) 17 cm c) 1 8 cm
b) 15 cm d) 10 cm

Q.2 What is the length of base ?


a) 17 cm b) 8 cm c) 15 cm d) 40 cm

Q.3 What is the length of Altitude ?


a) 1 cm b) 8 cm c) 5 cm d) 10 cm

Q.4 What is the perimeter of the the triangle ?


a) 37 cm b) 38 cm c) 35 cm d) 40 cm

CASE STUDY 6:
If two pipes function simultaneously, a reservoir
will be filled in 12 hours. first pipe fills the reservoir
10 hours faster than the other. Based on the above
information answer the following questions.

Q.1 How many hours will the second pipe take to fill the reservoir?
a) 30 hours b) 10 hours c) 20 hours d) 40 hours

Q.2 How many hours will the first pipe take to fill the reservoir?
a) 50 hours b) 60 hours c) 20 hours d) 30 hours

ANSWERS
CH. 4 QUADRATIC EQUAITONS

MCQs (1 MARK)
1(D) 2(C) 3(C) 4(B) 5(B) 6(C) 7(A) 8(A) 9(D) 10(A)
11(D) 12(C) 13(A) 14(C) 15(B) 16(C) 17(D) 18(D) 19(A) 20(A)

VSA TYPE QUESTIONS (2 MARKS)


1. D = 76, Two distinct real roots 2. 2,3 3. P = 4
4. 24 5. P = 3, Product of roots is -4 6. ab = 3

SA TYPE QUESTIONS (3 MARKS)


1. TO PROVE 5. P = 3 2. 39 cm
3. K = -3, 5 7. 5, 10 6. x = ± 4

LA TYPE QUESTIONS (5 MARKS)


1. 45 km/hr 2. Ram’s age = 36 years 3. 12 Days
Shyam’s age = 9 years

CASE STUDY BASED QUESTIONS (4 MARKS)


CCT - 1 1(A) 2(C) 3(A) 4(D)
CCT - 2 1(C) 2(A) 3(B) 4(B)
CCT - 3 1(C) 2(A) - -
CCT - 4 1(D) 2(C) 3(C) 4(A)
CCT - 5 1(A) 2(C) 3(B) 4(D)
CCT - 6 1(A) 2(C) - -
CHAPTER 5: ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

Important Points:
1. An arithmetic progression (AP) is a list of numbers in which each term is obtained by adding a fixed
number d to the proceeding term, except the first term a. The fixed number d is called its common
difference. The general form of an AP is a, a + d, a + 2d, a + 3d,...
2. In the list of numbers a1, a2, a3,... if the differences a2 – a1, a3 – a2, a4 – a3,... give the same value, i.e., if
ak + 1 – ak is the same for different values of k, then the given list of numbers is an AP.
3. The nth term an (or the general term) of an AP is an = a + (n – 1) d, where a is the first term and d is
the common difference.

4. The sum of the first ‘n’ terms of an AP is given by

5. If l is the last term of an AP of n terms, then the sum of all the terms can also be given by .

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQ’s) :


1. Which of the following sequences is an A.P.?

a) 2, 4, 8, b) 3, 3+√2, c) 1, 3, 9, d) √3, √6,


16,...... 3+2√2,.... 27,..... √9, ......
.

2. The first four terms of A.P., whose first term is -2 and common difference is -2 are

a) -2, 0, 2, 4 b) -2, 4, -8, 16 c) -2, -4, -6, -8 d) 2, -4, -8, -


3. T
16
he
sum
of
the first 15 multiples of 8 is

a) 920 b) 860 c) 900 d) 960

4. 20th term of the AP -5, -3, -1, 1, is

a) 33 b) 30 c) 20 d) 25

5. If the common difference of an A.P. is 5, then which is a18 - a13 ?


a) 5 b) 20 c) 25 d) 30

6. How many terms of the A.P.: 9+17+25+...... must be taken to give a sum of 636?
a) 35 b) 53 c) 12 d) 21

7. Which term of the AP. : 3, 15, 27, 39,.... will be 132 more than its 54th term ?
a) 60th b) 65th c) 70th d) 75th

8. If the 2nd term of an A.P is13 and 5th term is 25, what is its 7th term?

a) 30 b) 33 c) 37 d) 38

9. The number of two-digit numbers which are divisible by 3 is?

a) 33 b) 31 c) 30 d) 29

10. If nth term of an AP is 7 – 4n, then its common difference is?

a) 4 b) -4 c) 3 d) 11

11. If the sum of first n terms of an AP is An + Bn² where A and B are constants. The common difference of
AP will be

a) A+B b) A-B c) 2A d) 2B

12. Sum of n terms of the series


√2 + √8 + 18−−√ + 32−−√ + …… is

a) n(n+2)/√2 b) √2 /n(n+1) c) n(n+1)/√2 d) 1

13. The sum of the first 2n terms of the AP: 2, 5, 8, …. is equal to sum of the first n terms of the AP: 57, 59,
61, … then n is equal to?

a) 10 b) 11 c) 12 d) 13

14. The 6th term from the end of the AP: 5, 2, -1, -4, …., -31, is?

a) -25 b) -22 c) -19 d) -16

15. Which term of the AP: 27, 24, 21, ……… is zero?

a) 8th b) 10th c) 9th d) 11th

ASSERTION-REASON BASED QUESTIONS:


16. ASSERTION: Sum of natural number from 1 to 100 is 5050.
𝑛𝑛(𝑛𝑛+1)
REASON: Sum of n natural number is 2
a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is the correct explanation for Assertion.
b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is not the correct explanation for Assertion.
c) Assertion is true but the Reason is false.
d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
17. ASSERTION: If numbers a, b, c are in A.P. then b-a = c-b
REASON: Given three numbers are in the A.P, then the common difference will be same.
a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is the correct explanation for Assertion.
b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is not the correct explanation for Assertion.
c) Assertion is true but the Reason is false.
d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.

18. Assertion: Sum of fist n terms in an A.P. is given by the formula: Sn = 2n×[2a+(n−1)d]
Reason: Sum of first 15 terms of 2+5+8——- is 345.
a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is the correct explanation for assertion.
b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is not the correct explanation for Assertion.
c) assertion is true but the reason is false.
d) both assertion and reason are false.
19. Assertion : Let the positive numbers a, b, c be in A.P., then 1/bc, 1/ac, 1/ab are also in A.P.
Reason : If each term of an A.P. is divided by abc, then the resulting sequence is also in A.P.
a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is the correct explanation for assertion
b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is not the correct explanation for Assertion.
c) assertion is true but the reason is false.
d) both assertion and reason are false .

20. Assertion : If Sn is the sum of the first n terms of an A.P., then its nth term an is given by an = Sn – Sn
–1 .
Reason : The 10th term of the A.P. 5, 8, 11, 14, ………………. is 35.
a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is the correct explanation for assertion
b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is not the correct explanation for Assertion.
c) assertion is true but the reason is false.
d) both assertion and reason are false .
VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE (VSA) QUESTIONS(2 marker)
Level 1
21. Find whether -150 is a term of the A.P. 17, 12, 7, 2, … ?
22. Which term of the progression 4, 9, 14, 19, … is 109?
23. The 7th term of an A.P. is 20 and its 13th term is 32. Find the A.P.
24. How many terms of the A.P. 27, 24, 21, … should be taken so that their sum is zero?
25. If k+1, 3k and 4k+2 be any three consecutive terms of an AP, find the value of k.
26. How many two-digit numbers are divisible by 3?
Level 2
27. Find the value of the middle most term of the A.P., -11, -7, -3, ........49
28. A sum of ₹700 is to be used to give seven cash prizes to students of a school for their overall academic
performance. If each prize is ₹20 less than its preceding prize, find the value of each of the prizes.
29. Find the 20th term from the last term of the AP: 3, 8, 13, …, 253.
30. How many three-digit natural numbers are divisible by 7?
31. The first and the last terms of an AP are 5 and 45 respectively. If the sum of all its terms is 400, find its
common difference.
32. Find the number of natural numbers between 101 and 999 which are divisible by both 2 and 5.
Level 3
33. If the sum of the first p terms of an AP is ap2 + bp, find its common difference.
34. Find the 21st and 42nd terms of the sequence defined by:
tn ={0, 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑛𝑛 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜. 1, 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑛𝑛 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒.
35. Find the sum of the first 25 terms of an A.P. whose nth term is given by tn = 2 – 3n
36. In an AP, if S5 + S7 = 167 and S10 = 235, then find the AP, where s, denotes the sum of its first n terms.
37. The 4th term of an A.P. is zero. Prove that the 25th term of the A.P. is three times its 11thterm.
38. Which term of the progression 201 192, 183… is the first negative term?

SHORT ANSWER TYPE (SA) QUESTIONS(3 marker)


Level 1
39. Determine the A.P. whose fourth term is 18 and the difference of the ninth term from the fifteenth term
is 30.
40. The 19th term of an AP is equal to three times its 6th term. If its 9th term is 19, find the A.P
41. If the seventh term of an AP is 1/9 and its ninth term is 1/7, find its 63rd term
1
Find the number of terms of the AP 18, 15 , 13,…, −47 and find the sum of all its terms.
2
th
42. The n term of an A.P. is given by (-4n + 15). Find the sum of first 20 terms of this A.P.
43. If Sn, denotes the sum of first n terms of an A.P., prove that S12 = 3(S8 – S4).
Level 2
44. Find the 31st term of an AP whose 11th term is 38 and the 16th term is 73.
45. Which term of the arithmetic progression 5, 15, 25, …. will be 130 more than its 31st term?
46. How many terms of the AP: 9, 17, 25, … must be taken to give a sum of 636?
47. The sum of the 5th and the 9th terms of an AP is 30. If its 25th term is three times its 8th term, find the AP.
48. The sum of the first three terms of an AP is 33. If the product of the first and the third terms exceeds the
second term by 29, find the A.P.
49. If the nth terms of the two APs: 9, 7, 5,........ and 24, 21, 18,....... are the same, find the value of n. Also
find that term.
Level 3
50. Show that the sequence defined by: an= 2n² + 3 is not an A.P.
51. Find the sum of all natural numbers between 100 and 1000, which are multiples of 5.
52. If the ratio of the 11th term of an A.P. to its 18th term is 2:3, find the ratio of the sum of first five terms to
the sum of its first 10 terms.
53. From your pocket money, if you save Rs.1 on day-1, Rs. 2 on day-2, Rs. 3 on day-3 and so on. How
much money will you save in the month of January 2023?
54. The sum of the first seven terms of an AP is 182. If its 4th and the 17th terms are in the ratio 1 : 5, find
the AP.
55. If m times the mth term of an A. P. is equal to n times its nth term. Show that the (m + n)th term of the A.
P. is zero.
LONG ANSWER TYPE (LA) QUESTIONS(5 marker)
Level 1
56. The sum of the 4th and 8th term of an AP is 24 and the sum of the 6th and 10th term is 44. Find the first
three terms of the AP.
57. The sum of the first n terms of an AP is given by sn = 3n2 – 4n. Determine the AP and the 12th term.
58. How many terms of the AP: 15, -13, -11,.......are needed to make the sum of -55. Explain the reason for
double answer. Also find the last term.
Level 2
59. If pth, qth and rth terms of an A.P. are a, b, c respectively, then show that (a – b)r + (b – c)p+ (c – a)q = 0
60. If the sum of first 4 terms of an A.P. is 40 and that of first 14 terms is 280, find the sum of its first n
terms.
61. The sum of first m terms of an AP is 4m2 – m. If its nth term is 107, find the value of n. Also find the
21st
Level 3
62. Jaspal Bhati repays his loan of Rs 118000 by paying every month starting with the instalment of Rs
1000. If he increases the instalment by Rs 100 every month, what amount will be paid by him in the
30th instalment? What loan does he still have to pay after the 30th instalment.
63. Two cars start simultaneously from the same place and in the same direction. The first car moves with a
uniform speed of 10 km/hr. The second car moves at a speed of 6 km/hr in the first hour and then
increases its speed by 0.5 km/hr in each succeeding hour. If both the cars move non-stop, then how long
will it take for the second car to overtake the first car?
64. The students of a school decided to beautify the school on the Annual Day by fixing colorful flags on
the straight passage of the school. They have 27 flags to be fixed at intervals of every 2m. The flags are
stored at the position of the middle most flag. Tanishka was given the responsibility of placing the flags.
Tanishka kept her books where the flags were stored. She could only carry one flag at a time. How
much distance she covers in completing this job and returning back to collect her books? What is the
maximum distance she travelled carrying a flag?

CASE -STUDY BASED QUESTIONS(4 marker)

65. In a class the teacher asks every student to write an example of A.P. Two friends Geeta and Madhuri
writes their progressions as -5, -2, 1,4, ... and 187, 184, 181, .... respectively. Now, the teacher asks
various students of the class the following questions on these two progressions. Help students to find the
answers of the questions.

i) Find the 34th term of the progression written by Madhuri.


(a) 286 (b) 88 (c) -99 (d) 190
ii) Find the sum of common difference of the two progressions.
(a) 6 (b) -6 (c) 1 (d) 0
iii) Find the 19th term of the progression written by Geeta.
(a) 49 (b) 59 (c) 52 (d) 62
iv) Find the sum of first 10 terms of the progression written by Geeta.
(a) 85 (b) 95 (c) 110 (d) 200

v) Which term of the two progressions will have the same value?
(a) 31 (b) 33 (c) 32 (d) 30
66. Your elder brother wants to buy a car and plans to take loan from a bank for his car. He repays his total
loan of Rs 1,18,000 by paying every month starting with the first instalment of Rs 1000. If he increases
the instalment by Rs 100 every month, answer the following.

i) The amount paid by him in 30th instalment is


a) 3900 b) 3500 c) 3700 d) 3600

ii) The amount paid by him in the 30 instalments is


a) 37000 b) 73500 c) 75300 d) 75000
iii) What amount does he still have to pay after 30th instalment?
a) 45500 b) 49000 c) 44500 d) 54000

iv) If total instalments are 40 then amount paid in the last instalment?
a) 4900 b) 3900 c) 5900 d) 9400

v) The ratio of the 1st instalment to the last instalment is


a) 1:49 b) 10:49 c) 10:39 d) 39:10

67. RADIO: A radio station is giving away a total of Rs 124,000 in August on promotion. If they increase
the amount given away each day by Rs 100,
(i) How much should they give away the first day?
(ii) How much have they give away on the 15th day?
(iii) How much they give away in 15 days?

68.

TOWER OF PISA: To prove that objects of different weights fall at the same rate, Galileo dropped two
objects with different weights from the Leaning Tower of Pisa in Italy. The objects hit the ground at the
same time. When an object is dropped from a tall building, it falls about 16 feet in the first second, 48 feet in
the second, and 80 feet in the third second, regardless of its weight.
(i) How many feet would an object fall in the sixth second?
(ii) How many feet would an object fall in the six second?
(iii) How many feet would an object fall in the eight second?

69. India is competitive manufacturing location due to the low cost of manpower and strong technical and
engineering capabilities contributing to higher quality production runs. The production of TV sets in a
factory increases uniformly by a fixed number every year. It produced 16000 sets in 6th year and 22600
in 9th year.

1. Find the production during first year.


2. Find the production during 8th year.
3. Find the production during first 3 years.
4. In which year, the production is Rs 29,200.
5. Find the difference of the production during 7th year and 4th year.
70. Amit was playing a number card game. In the game, some number cards (having both +ve or -ve
numbers) are arranged in a row such that they are following an arithmetic progression. On his first turn,
Amit picks up 6th and 14thcard and finds their sum to be -76. On the second turn he picks up 8th and
16thcard and finds their sum to be -96. Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) What is the difference between the numbers on any two consecutive cards?
(a) 7 (b) -5 (c) 11 (d) -3
(ii) The number on first card is
(a) 12 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 7
(iii) What is the number on the 19th card?
(a) -88 (b) -82 (c) -92 (d) -102
(iv) What is the number on the 23rd card?
(a) -103 (b) -122 (c) -108 (d) -117
(v) The sum of numbers on the first 15 cards is
(a) -840 (b) -945 (c) -427 (d) -420

Answers
MCQ’s

1 (b) 2 (c) 3(d) 4(a) 5(c) 6(c) 7(b) 8(b) 9(c) 10(d)

11(d) 12(c) 13(b) 14(d) 15(b) 16(a) 17(a) 18(a) 19(a) 20(c)

Very short answer type (2 marks)


L1 21. not a 22. 22nd 23. 8,10,12.... 24. 19 25. k=3 26.
term 30

L2 27. 17 28. 29. 158 30. 128 31. 8/3 and 16 32.
and 21 160,140,120,100,80,60,40 89

L3 33. 2a 34. 0,1 35. -925 36.1,6,11... 37. Student 38.


need to prove 24th
above question

Short answer type ( 3 marks)

L1 39. 40. 41. 1 42.28,-441 43. -540 44. Student


3,8,13,18.. 3,5,7,9... need to prove
above
question

L2 45. 178 46. 44th 47. 12 48. 3,5,7.. 49. a=11 50. 16 and -
and d = -9 21
L3 51. Student 52. 98450 53. 6:17 54. 496 55. 56. Student
need to 2,10,18,26... need to prove
prove above above
question question

Long answer type (5 marks)


L1 57. -13,-8,-3... 58. 24 59. 5 or 11

L2 60. Student need to 61. n2 +6n 62. 155


prove above question

L3 63. 44500 64. 9hrs 65.728m

Case study (4 marks)


1. i) (b) ii) (d) iii)(a) iv)(a) v)(b)

2. i)(a) ii)(b) iii)(C) iv)(a) v(b)

3. i) 2500 ii) 3900 iii)48000

4. i)176 ii)576 iii)1024

5. i)rs 5500 ii)20400 iii)21600 iv)125 v)6600

6. i)(b) ii)(d) iii)(b) iv)(a) v)(d)


CHAPTER: 10
TRIANGLES
CLASS: X
IMPORTANT POINTS:
TYPES OF TRIANGLES:
Triangles can be categorized in the following types:

SIMILAR FIGURES:

• Two figures having the same shape but not necessary the same size are called similar figures.
• All congruent figures are similar but all similar figures may or may not be congruent.

SIMILAR :

Two polygons are said to be similar to each other, if:


(i) their corresponding angles are equal, and (ii) ratios of their corresponding sides are proportional.
Example:
* Any two squares are similar since corresponding angles are equal and ratio of sides are proportional.
Important: - Similar figures are congruent if there is one to one correspondence between the figures.
∴ From above we deduce

Any two triangles are similar, if their

(i) Corresponding angles are equal ∠A =


∠P
∠B = ∠Q
∠C = ∠R

(ii) Ratio of corresponding sides are proportional


AB AC BC
= =
PQ PR QR

Thales’ Theorem ( Basic Proportionality Theorem):


If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two sides in distinct
points, then the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.

AD AE
i.e. DB
= EC

COROLLARY (Very Important):


If in a ∆ABC, a line DE║BC intersects AB in D and AC in E, then
AB AC AD AE
1. DB
= EC 2. AB = AC

CRITERION FOR SIMILARITY OF TRIANGLES:

Two triangles are similar if either of the following three criteria are satisfied:

• AAA similarity Criterion: If two triangles are equiangular, then they are similar.
• Corollary (AA similarity): If two angles of one triangle are respectively equal to two angles of
another triangle, then the two triangles are similar.
• SSS Similarity Criterion: If the ratios corresponding sides of two triangles are proportional, then they
are similar.
• SAS Similarity Criterion: If in two triangles, one pair of corresponding sides are proportional and the
included angles are equal, then the two triangles are similar.

Results in Similar Triangles based on Similarity Criterion:

1. Ratio of corresponding sides = Ratio of corresponding perimeters


2. Ratio of corresponding sides = Ratio of corresponding medians
3. Ratio of corresponding sides = Ratio of corresponding altitudes
4. Ratio of corresponding sides = Ratio of corresponding angle bisector segments.

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQ’s)


1. If triangles ABC and DEF are similar and AB=4 cm, DE=6 cm, EF=9 cm and FD=12 cm, the perimeter
of triangle ABC is:
(A) 22 cm (B) 20 cm (C) 21 cm (D) 18 cm
2. If ABC and DEF are two triangles and AB/DE=BC/FD, then the two triangles are similar if
(A) ∠A=∠F (B) ∠B=∠D (C) ∠A=∠D (D) ∠B=∠E
3. Two rectangles will be similar if
(A) angles are equal (B) opposite sides are equal
(C) ratio of corresponding sides are equal (D) none of these
4. O is the point of intersection of two equal chords AB and CD such that OB = OD, then triangles OAC
and ODB are

(A) Equilateral but not similar (B) Isosceles but not similar

(C) Equilateral and similar (D) Isosceles and similar

AB BC CA
5. If in two triangles ABC and PQR, QR = = then (A)
PR PQ
∆PQR ~ ∆CAB (B) ∆PQR ~ ∆ABC (C)
∆CBA ~ ∆PQR (D) ∆BCA ~ ∆PQR

6. A tower of height 24m casts a shadow 50m and at the same time, a girl
of height 1.8m casts a shadow. Find the length of the shadow of girl

(A) 3.75m (B) 3.5m (C ) 3.25m (D) 3m

7. In the given figure, DE || BC. Find EC.


(A) 3cm (B)4cm (C)2cm (D) 2.5cm

8. If ∆ABC ~ ∆PQR, perimeter of ∆ABC = 32 cm, perimeter of ∆PQR = 48 cm and PR = 6 cm, then
find the length of AC.
(A) 2cm (B) 3cm (C) 4cm (D) 5cm
9. In ∆DEW, AB || EW. If AD = 4 cm, DE = 12 cm and DW = 24 cm, then find
the value of DB
(A) 8 cm (B) 10 cm (C) 4cm (D) 9 cm

10. In ∆ABC, DE || BC, find the value of x.


(A) 2cm (B) 3cm (C) 4cm (D) 5cm

11. In the figure, EF || AC, BC = 10 cm, AB = 13 cm and EC = 2 cm, find AF.


(A) 2.5
(B) 2.6
(C) 6.2
(D) 5.6

12. D and E are the midpoints of side AB and AC of a triangle ABC, respectively and BC=6cm.If DE 
BC, then the length (in cm) of DE is?

(A) 2.5 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 6

13. It is given that ΔABC ~ ΔDFE, ∠A = 30°, ∠C = 50°, AB = 5 cm, AC = 8 cm and DF = 7.5 cm. Then,
which of the following is true:
(A) DE = 12 cm, ∠F = 50°
(B) DE = 12 cm, ∠F = 100°
(C) EF = 12 cm, ∠D = 100°
(D) EF = 12 cm, ∠D = 30°

14. In the given figure, value of x (in cm) is


(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 6
(D) 8

15. In ΔABC, if DE || BC, AD = x, DB = x – 2, AE = x + 2 and EC = x – 1, then value of x is


(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 3.5
Directions: In the following questions, a statement of assertion (A) is followed by a statement of reason
(R). Mark the correct choice as:
(A) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of assertion (A).
(B) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of assertion (A).
(C) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(D) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true

16. Assertion (A): In the given figure, PA || QB || RC || SD.


Reason (R): If three or more-line segments are perpendiculars to one line, then they are parallel to each
other.

17. Assertion(A): D and E are points on sides AB and AC of ∆ABC such that AD= (7x-4) cm, AE=(5x-2)
cm, DB=(3x+4) cm and EC = 3x cm. If DB║BC, then x=5.
Reason(R): If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two sides in distinct
points, then the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.

18. Assertion (A): D and E are points on the sides AB and AC respectively of a ΔABC such

that AD = 5.7cm, DB = 9.5cm, AE = 4.8cm and EC = 8cm then DE is not parallel to BC.

Reason (R): If a line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same ratio, then it is parallel

to the third sides

19. Assertion(A): If ∆ABC and ∆PQR are right triangles right triangles right angled at C and R
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
respectively such that 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃=𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃, then ∠B=∠Q.

Reason(R): If in two right triangles, hypotenuse and one side of one triangle are proportional to the two
triangles are similar.

20. Assertion (A): If ∆ABC and ∆PQR are congruent triangles, then they are also similar triangles.

Reason (R): All congruent triangles are similar but the similar triangles need not be congruent.

(VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS VSA- each question carry 2 marks)

AM AN
21. In the figure, if LM || CB and LN || CD, prove that AB
= AD

BF BE
22. In the figure, DE||AC and DF||AE. Prove that FE = EC
23. In the given figure, AB||DC. Find the value of x.

24. It is given that ΔDEF ~ ΔRPQ. Is it true to say that ∠D = ∠R and ∠F = ∠P? Why?

25. In figure, if AB || DC and AC, PQ intersect each other at the point O. Prove that OA.
CQ = OC.AP.

26. In figure, BD and CE intersect each other at the point P. Is ΔPBC ~ ΔPDE? Why?

SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (3 marks each)

27. In figure, if ∠1 =∠2 and ΔNSQ ≅ ΔMTR, then prove that ΔPTS ~ ΔPRQ.

28. In the given Figure, if PQRS is a parallelogram and


AB||PS, then prove that OC||SR
29. In the given figure, side BC of ΔABC is bisected at D and O is any
point on AD, BO and CO produced meet AC and AB at E and F
respectively, and AD is produced to X so that D is the midpoint of OX.
Prove that AO: AX = AF: AB and show that EF || BC.

30. A girl of height 90 cm is walking away from the base of a lamp-


post at a speed of 1.2 m/s. If the lamp is 3.6 m above the ground, find
the length of her shadow after 4 seconds.

31. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || DC and its diagonals intersect each other at the point O. Show that
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶
𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵
= 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷

32. State and prove converse of BPT.

LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (5 Marks Each)


33. State and prove basic Proportionality theorem.
34. CD and GH are respectively the bisectors of ∠ACB and ∠EGF such that D and H lie on sides AB and
FE of ΔABC and ΔEFG respectively. If ΔABC ~ ΔFEG, Show that:
(i) CD/GH = AC/FG
(ii) ΔDCB ~ ΔHGE
(iii) ΔDCA ~ ΔHGF
35. Two triangles BAC and BDC, right-angled at A and D respectively are drawn on the same base BC and
on the same side of BC. If AC and DB intersect at P, prove that AP×PC=DP×PB.

CASE STUDY BASED QUESTIONS (4 Marks Each)

36. Rahul is a very intelligent boy studying in Class 10. He made a beautiful kite to fly it on Sunday. After
making it, many questions come on his mind. Give answers to his
questions by looking at the figure.

i) M and N are the points on side OA and OB of triangle OAB present on


the kite such that OM =x+5, AM=4x+20, CN=x and BN=4x=2. Then the
of x will be

A) 5cm B) -5cm C) 7cm D)10cm

ii) In triangle OCB, if OC= 12 cm, then the value of OF will be


A) 4cm B)12cm C)2.6cm D)-3cm

iii) In triangle OAB , if MNllAB , then the ratio of the side OB will be

A) 2:5 B)3:8 C) 7:2 D)5:18

iv) If in triangle ODC , PFllDC such that PO=6.9cm, CF=3.8cm and OF=4.5cm, then the value of OD will
be

A)5.8cm B)6.2cm C)8cm D)3.2cm

v) If in a triangle OCD, OP=5cm , DP=4cm and DC=14cm, then the value of PF will be

A)6.8cm B)8.2cm C)7.7cm D)2.2cm

37. Vijay is trying to find the average height of a tower near his house. He is using the properties of similar
triangles. The height of Vijay’s house is 20m when Vijay’s house casts a shadow 10m long on the ground.
At the same time, the tower casts a shadow 50m long on the found. At the same time, the house of Ajay
casts 20m shadow on the ground.

(i). What is the height of the tower?

(A) 20m (B)50m (C)100m (D) 200m

(ii). What will be the length of the shadow of the tower when Vijay’s house casts a shadow of 12m?

(A) 75m (B). 50m (C). 45m (D). 60m

(iii). What is the height of Ajay’s house?

(A)30m (B) 40m (C) 50m (D) 20m

(iv) When the tower cast shadow of 40m, same time what will be the length of the shadow of Ajay’s
house?

(A) 16m (B) 32m (C) 20m (D) 8m

(v). When the tower cast shadow of 40m, same time what will be the length of the shadow of Vijay’s
house?

(A)15m (B) 32m (C) 10m (D) 8m


38. Observe the below given figures carefully and answer the questions:

(i). Which among the shown figures are congruent figures?

(A) A and C (B) E and F (C) D and F (D) B and F

(ii). Which among the following statements are correct?

(A) All similar figures are congruent.

(B) All congruent figures are similar.

(C) The criterion for similarly and congruency is same.

(D) Similar figures have same size and shape.

(iii). If a line divides any two sides of the triangle in the same ratio, then the line is parallel to the third side.
Which theorem is depicted by this statement?

(A) Pythagoras (B)Thales Theorem

(C) Converse of the Thales Theorem (D) Converse of Pythagoras Theorem

(iv) Using the concept of similarity, the height of the tree is:

(A) 12 ft (B) 10 ft (C) 15 ft (D) 7 ft


39. In a room a bulb is fixed at a point O on the ceiling. Just below the below the bulb a large table is
placed as shown in the figure. A cardboard is cut in the form of quadrilateral ABCD and is fixed between
the bulb and the table. When bulb is switched on, shadow A’B’C’D’ of cardboard ABCD is formed on the
top of the table such that that the quadrilateral A’B’C’D’ is an enlargement of quadrilateral ABCD with the
scale factor 1:2. If AB= 1.5 cm, BC= 2.5 cm, CD= 2.4 cm, AD= 2.1 cm, ∠A= 1050, ∠B= 1000, ∠C= 700
and ∠D= 850, answer the following questions:

(i) The measurement of ∠A is

(A) 1050 (B) 1000 (C) 700 (D) 800

(ii) The sum of the angles ∠A and ∠C of quadrilateral ABCD is

(A) 1850 (B) 2050 (D) 1750 (D) 1550

(iii) Perimeter of quadrilateral ABCD is

(A) 8.5 cm (B) 5 cm (D) 10 cm (D) 17 cm

(iv) The length of side AB of quadrilateral ABCD is

(A) 1.5 cm (B) 3 cm (C) 2.5 cm (D) 5 cm

(v) The sum of angles C and D of quadrilateral ABCD is

(A) 1050 (B) 1000 (C) 1550 (D) 1400

40. In an eating challenge, Riya have two slices of pizza . She was confused that which slice is the tasty
one as she wants the good one and not the sour one but there is a problem that both of the slices of pixxa
look so similar. She had many questions about it. Solve the problems of Riya by giving the correct answers
of the following questions.

(i) It is given that triangle ABC~PQR, ∠A=50, ∠C=60, AB=6cm, AC=8cm and PR=10cm, then which of
the following is true
(A) ∠Q=70, PQ=7.5cm

(B) ∠B=60, PQ=8.4cm

(C) ∠A=80, AC=8.2cm

(D) ∠R=70, QR=2.4cm

(ii) In triangle ABC and PQR, ∠B=∠Q, ∠R=∠C and AB=3DE. Then the two triangles are-

A)congruent but not similar

B)similar but not congruent

C)neither similar nor congruent

D)similar as well as congruent


AB BC CA
(iii) In triangle ABC and PQR, QR= PR=PQ,then

A)triangle PQR~CAB

B)triangle PQR ~ ABC

C)triangle CBA~PQR

D)triangle BCA~PQR

(iv) If in triangle ABC and PQR, we have AB=6.2cm, BC=8.4cm, CA=2.9cm, PQ=8√3, PR=12cm. IF
∠A=95 and ∠B=60 then ∠p=

A)75 B)25 C)30 D)45


AB BC
(v) if in triangle ABC and PQR, PQ=QR, then they will be similar when:-

A)∠B=∠Q B)∠A=∠D C)∠B=∠P D)∠A=∠R

41. Centroid: The point of concurrency of medians. See in the fig below

Where D, E, F are mid points of sides BC, AC and AB in same order. G is centroid, the centroid divides
the Median in the ratio 2:1 with the larger part towards the vertex. Thus AG:GD = 2:1.

On the basis of above information read the question below.


If G is Centroid of ∆ ABC with height h units and J is Centroid of ∆ ADE. DE is parallel to BC, cuts the
∆ ABC at a height h/4 from BC. HF=h/4
(i) From fig 2.2 in ∆ ABC distance AH from line DE will be?
h
A) 4
2
B) 3
h
3
C) 4
h
1
D) 2
h

(ii) Find the distance of point A from point G.


2
A) AG = 3
AF
3
B) AG = 2
AF
1
C) AG = 3
AF
1
D) AG = 2
AF

(iii) From Fig 2.2 find distance of point “A” from point “J”, if J is centroid of ∆ ADE.
1
A) AJ= 2AF
2
B) AJ=3AF
3
C) AJ=2AH
3
D) AJ=4AG

(iv) Find the distance GJ in terms of AG, if J is centroid of ∆ ADE.


1
A) 4
AG= GJ
2
B) 3
AG=GJ
3
C) 2
AG = GJ
3
D) 4
AG= GJ

ANSWER KEY

CHAPTER-10 TRIANGLES

1. (d) 18 cm
Explanation: ABC ~ DEF ⇒ AB=4 cm, DE=6 cm, EF=9 cm and FD=12 cm
⇒ AB/DE = BC/EF = AC/DF ⇒ 4/6 = BC/9 = AC/12 ⇒ BC = (4×9)/6 = 6 cm
⇒ AC = (12×4)/6 = 8 cm ⇒ Perimeter of triangle ABC = AB+BC+AC= 4+6+8=18 cm
2. (b) ∠B=∠D
If ABC and DEF are two triangles and AB/DE=BC/FD, then the two triangles are similar if ∠B=∠D.
3. (C) 4. (D) isosceles and similar.
5. (A)
Given, in triangles ABC and PQR,
ABQR=BCPR=CAPQ
which shows that sides of one triangle are proportional to the sides of the other triangle, then their
corresponding angles are also equal, so by SSS similarity, triangles are similar i.e., ∆CAB ~ ∆PQR

6. (A)3.75m
Solution: In △ABC and △DEC , ∠ABC=∠DEC=90° and ∠C=∠C (common)
Therefore, △ABC∼△DEC [by AA similarity] ⇒ DE/AB=EC/BC ⇒ EC=DE × (BC/AB)
⇒ EC= 1.8× (50/24) ⇒EC=3.75 m.

7. (C) 2cm

8. (C ) ∆ABC ~ ∆PQR …[Given

9. (A) Let BD = x cm
then BW = (24 – x) cm, AE = 12 – 4 = 8 cm
In ∆DEW, AB || EW

10. (B)In ∆ABC, DE || BC …[Given

⇒ x(x + 5) = (x + 3)(x + 1)
2 2 2 2
⇒ x + 5x = x + 3x + x + 3 ⇒ x + 5x – x – 3x – x = 3∴ x = 3 cm

11.(B) BE = BC – EC = 10 – 2 = 8 cm Let AF = x cm, then BF = (13 – x) cm


In ∆ABC, EF || AC … [Given

12.(B) Explanation: By midpoint theorem, DE=1/2 BC ⇒ DE=1/2 of 6 ⇒ DE=3 cm

13. Answer: (B) DE = 12 cm, ∠F = 100°


Explanation:
ΔABC ~ ΔDFE, ∠A =30°, ∠C = 50°, AB = 5 cm, AC = 8 cm and DF= 7.5 cm
In triangle ABC, ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180° ⇒ ∠B = 180° – 30° – 50° = 100°
Since ΔABC ~ ΔDFE, the corresponding angles are equal.
Thus, ∠D = ∠A = 30°; ∠F = ∠B = 100° and ∠E = ∠C = 50°, And AB/DF = AC/DE ⇒ 5/7.5 = 8/DE
DE = (8 × 7.5)/5 = 12 cm
14. Answer: (B) 3 15. Answer: (B) 4 16. Answer : (A)17. Answer (D)

18. (D) If a line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same ratio then it is parallel
to the third side. This is Converse of Basic Proportionality theorem.
AD 5.7 57 3
So, Reason is correct DB
= 9.5
= 95 = 5
AE 4.8 48 3 AD AE
⇒ EC
= 8
= 80 = 5 ⇒ DB
= EC

By Converse of Basic Proportionality theorem, DE||BC


So, Assertion is not correct
Correct option is (d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.
19. Correct option is (a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation
of assertion (A).
20. (A) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct.
21. Solution: LM || CB,
By using basic proportionality theorem, we get, AM/AB = AL/AC……………………..(i)
Similarly, given, LN || CD and using basic proportionality theorem,
∴AN/AD = AL/A …………(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get, AM/AB = AN/AD
22. Solution: In ΔABC, given as, DE || AC, by using BPT we get, ∴BD/DA = BE/EC …(i)
In ΔBAE, given as, DF || AE
by using BPT we get, ∴BD/DA = BF/FE ………(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get BE/EC = BF/FE
23. SOLUTION: AO/OC = BO/OD ⇒ 3x-19/x-5 = x-3/3 ⇒ 3(3x-19) =(x-5) (x-3)

⇒ 9x -57 = x²-8x+15 ⇒ 9x-57 = x²-8x+15 ⇒ x²-17x+72=0 ⇒ (x-8) (x-9) =0 ⇒ x=8 or x=9

24. False, Corresponding angles are equal in similar triangles.


So, we get, ∠D = ∠R;∠E = ∠P;∠F = ∠Q
25. Solution:A.T.Q AC and PQ intersect each other at the point O and AB||DC.
From ∆AOP and ∆COQ,
∠AOP = ∠COQ [Since they are vertically opposite angles]
∠APO = ∠CQO [since, AB||DC and PQ is transversal, the angles are alternate angles]
∴ ∆AOP ∼ ∆COQ [using AAA similarity criterion]
Then, since, corresponding sides are proportional ⇒ OA/OC = AP/CQ ⇒ OA × CQ = OC × AP
26. Solution:True, In ∆PBC and ∆PDE,
∠BPC = ∠EPD [vertically opposite angles] ⇒ PB/PD = 5/10 = ½ … (i)
PC/PE = 6/12 = ½ … (ii) ⇒ From equation (i) and (ii),
PB/PD = PC/PE Since, ∠BPC of ∆PBC = ∠EPD of ∆PDE and the sides including these.
Then, by SAS similarity criteria ∆PBC ∼ ∆PDE
27. Solution: According to the question, ∆ NSQ ≅ ∆MTR ⇒ ∠1 = ∠2 Since, ∆NSQ ≅ ∆MTR
So, SQ = TR ….(i) Also, ⇒ ∠1 = ∠2 ⇒ PT = PS….(ii)
[Since, sides opposite to equal angles are also equal] From Equation (i) and (ii)
PS/SQ = PT/TR ⇒ ST || QR
By converse of basic proportionality theorem, If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect
the other sides in distinct points, the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.
∴ ∠1 =∠2 = ∠PRQ = PQR And In ∆PTS and ∆PRQ,∠P = ∠P [Common angles],
∠1 = ∠PQR (proved) and ∠2 = ∠PRQ (proved)
∴ ∆PTS – ∆PRQ [By AAA similarity criteria]
28. According to the question,
PQRS is a parallelogram, Therefore, PQ || SR and PS || QR.
Also given, AB || PS.
To prove: OC || SR
From ∆OPS and OAB, PS||AB
∠POS = ∠AOB [common angle]
∠OSP = ∠OBA [corresponding angles]
∆OPS ∼ ∆OAB [by AAA similarity criteria]
Using BPT,We get, PS/AB = OS/OB …(i)
From ∆CQR and ∆CAB, QR || PS || AB
∠QCR = ∠ACB [common angle]
∠CRQ = ∠CBA [corresponding angles]
∆CQR ∼ ∆CAB

Then, by BPT, [PS ≅ QR Since, PQRS is a parallelogram,]

From Equation (i) and (ii),


Subtracting 1 from L.H.S and R.H.S, we get,

SR || OC [By converse of basic proportionality theorem] Hence proved.


29. Solution:
Given BD = CD and OD = DX
Join BX and CX
Thus, the diagonals of quad OBXC bisect each other ,OBXC is a parallelogram
BX || CF and so, OF || BX, Similarly, CX || OE
In ΔABX, OF || BX So, AO/AX=AF/AB—– (1)
In ΔACX, OE || XC
Therefore,
AO/AX=AE/AC—– (2)
From (1) & (2) we get:
AF/AB=AE/AC
Hence, EF || BC
30. Now, BD=1.2 m×4=4.8 m.

Note that in ΔABE and ΔCDE,


∠B=∠D [Each is of 90∘ because lamp-post as well as the girl are standing vertical to the ground]

and ∠E=∠E [Common angle]


So, ΔABE∼ΔCDE [AA similarity criterion]∴BEDE=ABCD

⇒(4.8+x)x=3.60.9 (90cm=90/100 m=0.9 m)⇒4.8+x=4x ⇒3x=4.8 ⇒x=1.6

So, the shadow of the girl after walking for 4 seconds is 1.6 m long
31. Given, ABCD is a trapezium where AB || DC and diagonals AC and BD intersect each other at O.

We have to prove, AO/BO = CO/DO


From the point O, draw a line EO touching AD at E, in such a way that, EO || DC || AB
In ΔADC, we have OE || DC
Therefore, by using BPT AE/ED = AO/CO ……………..(i)
Now, In ΔABD, OE || AB
Therefore, by using BPT DE/EA = DO/BO…………….(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get, AO/CO = BO/DO ⇒AO/BO = CO/DO
32 . See NCERT 33. See NCERT
34. Solution:
Given, CD and GH are respectively the bisectors of ∠ACB and ∠EGF such that D and H lie on sides AB
and FE of ΔABC and ΔEFG respectively.
(i) From the given condition,
ΔABC ~ ΔFEG. ∴ ∠A = ∠F, ∠B = ∠E, and ∠ACB = ∠FGE Since, ∠ACB = ∠FGE
∴ ∠ACD = ∠FGH (Angle bisector) And, ∠DCB = ∠HGE (Angle bisector)
In ΔACD and ΔFGH, ∠A = ∠F ; ∠ACD = ∠FGH ∴ ΔACD ~ ΔFGH (AA similarity criterion)
⇒CD/GH = AC/FG
(ii) In ΔDCB and ΔHGE, ∠DCB = ∠HGE (Already proved); ∠B = ∠E (Already proved)
∴ ΔDCB ~ ΔHGE (AA similarity criterion)
(iii) In ΔDCA and ΔHGF, ∠ACD = ∠FGH (Already proved); ∠A = ∠F (Already proved)
∴ ΔDCA ~ ΔHGF (AA similarity criterion)
35. See NCERT.
36. Ans1- Opt (b) is correct
Explanation- triangle OAB~ OMN ,so
ON/NB=OM/MB ⇒ x/4x+2 = x+5/4x+20 ⇒ x(4x+20) = x+5(4x+2) ⇒ 4x^2+20x = 4x^2+2x+20x+10

⇒ 20x = 2x+20x+10 ⇒ 20x-22x= 10 ⇒ -2x=10 ⇒ x= 10/-2 ⇒ x= -5cm


Ans2- Opt c is correct
Explain- OF/12-OF = -5/-18 ⇒ -18OF = -60+5OF ⇒ -18OF-5OF = -60 ⇒ -23OF = -60

⇒ OF= -60/-23 ⇒ OF=2.6cm


Ans3- Opt d)is correct.
Ans4- Opt a) is correct.
Ans5- Opt c) is correct.
37. i) c ii) c iii) b iv) c v) d
38. i) d ii) b iii). c iv). b
39 i) a ii) c iii) d iv) b v) c
40. i) a ii) b iii) b iv) b v) c
41 i) c ii) a iii) d iv) a
CHAPTER-7

COORDINATE GEOMETRY
Points to remember

 The perpendicular distance of a point from the y-axis is called its x-coordinate, or abscissa.

 The perpendicular distance of a point from the x-axis is called its y-coordinate, or ordinate.

 The coordinates of any point on the x-axis are of the form (x, 0).
 The coordinates of any point on the y-axis are of the form (0, y).

Distance Formula

( x2 − x1 ) + ( y2 − y1 )
2 2
The distance between any two points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) is given by AB = .
Section formula

The coordinates of the point P(x, y) which divides the line segment joining the points A(x1, y1) and B(x2,
y2), internally, in the ratio m1 : m2 are
PX=( m1x2+m2x1)/m1+m2 Py=(m1y2+m2y1)/m1+m2
Midpoint formula
If p is midpoint of the line segment joining the points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) , then co-ordinates of P
will be
Px=(x1+x2)/2 Py=(y1+y2)/2
MCQS QUESTIONS

1. Points A ( -1, y) and B ( 5, 7) lie on a circle with centre 0 (2 , -3y) , then the value of y are
a. 1, -7 b. -1, 7 c. 2, 7 d. -2, -7
2. The ratio in which the line 3x + y -9 = 0 divides the line segment joining the points ( 1, 3) and (2, 7)
is
a. 3:2 b. 2:3 c. 3 :4 d. 4:3
3. The distance of a point A ( -5, 6) from the origin is
a. 11 units b. 61 units c. √11 units d. √61 units
4. The vertices of a parallelogram in order are A ( 1,2 ) , B (4, Y), C( X, 6) ,D( 3, 5), then ( X, Y) is
a. A. (6, 3) b. ( 3, 6) C. (5, 6) D(1,4)
5. The equation of the perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining points A ( 4, 5) and B(-
2, 3) is
a. 2x –y + 7 = 0 b. 3x + 2y -7 =0 c. 3x –y -7 = 0 d.3x +y -7 =0
6. Points p divides the line segment joining R(-1 ,3) and S (9,8) in ratio k:1 , if p lies on the line x –y +2
=0, then value of k is
a. 2/3 b. 1/2 c. 1/3 d. ¼
7. The ratio of the distances of point P( 3,4) from origin to that from y- axis is
a. 3 : 5 b. 5 : 3 c. 5 :4 d. 3:4
8. The points ( -8,0) ,( 8,0) , (0,5) are the vertices of a
a. Right triangle b. isosceles triangle c. equilateral triangle d. scalene triangle
9. The coordinates of reflection of Q( -1,-3) in x- axis are
a. (1,3) b. (-1,3) c.(1, -3) d. none of these
10. Abscissa of a point which divides the join of (3,4) and (2, -1) in the ratio 1:2 internally is
a. 8/3 b. 6 c. 5/3 d. none of these
11. The distance between the points ( 0,5) and ( -5, 0) is
a. 5 b. 5√2 c. 2√5 d. 10
12. The perimeter of a triangle with vertices ( 0,4) , (0,0) , and ( 3,0) is
a. 5 b. 12 c. 11 d. 7 + √5
13. The fourth vertex D of a parallelogram ABCD whose vetices are A( -2, 3), B( 6, 7) , C( 8,3) is
a. ( 0,1) b. ( 0,-1) c.( -1,0 ) d. (1,0 )
14. If the point P ( 2,1) lies on the line segment joining points A( 4,2) and B ( 8,4), then
a. AP = ½ AB B. AP =PB C. PB = 1/3 AB D. none of these
15. If P (a/3, 4) is the mid point of the line segment joining the points Q ( -6, 5) and R( -2, 3) then the
value of a is
a. -4 b. -12 c. 12 . d. -6

ASSERTION-REASON BASED QUESTIONS:

In the following questions, a statement of assertion (A) is followed by a statement of Reason


(R).Choose the correct answer out of the following choices.

a. Both assertion and reason are correct statements , and reason is the correct explanation of the
assertion .
b. Both assertion and reason are correct statements, but reason is not correct explanation of the assertion
c. Assertion is correct, reason is wrong statement
d. Assertion is wrong but reason is correct statement
e. Both assertion and reason are wrong statements.
16. Assertion - point A (1, 2) , B (4,1) and C( -2, 3) are collinear.
Reason - Three points A, B ,C are collinear if AB + BC = AC or CA +AB = CB or AC + CB = AB
17. Assertion – the centroid of a triangle whose vertices are ( 3, -7) , ( -8 , 6) and ( 5, 10 ) is ( 0, 3)
Reason – the centroid of a triangle is the point of intersection of three medians of the triangle.
18. Assertion. Points A (1 , -2) , B( 2, 3) C( -3, 2) and D ( -4,-3) are taken in order to form a
parallelogram .
Reason.- diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
19. Assertion – points ( 1,5) , ( -1, 2), (1, -1) and ( 3,2) form a Rhombus.
Reason – ABCD is a rhombus if all its diagonals are unequal
20. Assertion . – the perimeter of a triangle OAB where O is origin , A ( 3, 0) , B( 0,4) is 7 units
Reason- perimeter of a triangle is the sum of all three sides of triangle .
……………………….. VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION……………( 2 marks)
Level 1 ( easy)
1. In which quadrant does the point ( -5 ,0) lie?
2. The sum of distances of points p( -3 , 4) from x- axis and y-axis is ?
3. What is the distance between A ( 3,2) and B (2,3 )?
4. Find the value of x , if the point Q(0,1)is equidistant from P(5, -3) ,and R (x, 6)?
5. Find the distance between origin and a point ( 3,4)?
6. Find the coordinates of mid point of a line segment joining two points (3, 4) and ( 5, 2) ?
Level 2(average)
1. In what ratio is the line segment joining the points P (3, -6) and Q( 5, 3) divided by x- axis?
2. Find the coordinate of a point A, where AB is diameter of a circle whose centre is ( 2, -3) and B is the
point (1, 4).
3. Find the value of a so that the point ( 3, a) lies on the line represented by 2x -3y =5 .
4. If the distance between the points ( 4, K) and (1, 0) is 5 , then what can be the possible values of k.
5. Find the coordinates of the point on y-axis which is nearest to the point ( -2 , 5)
6. Find the perimeter of a triangle with vertices ( 0,4) , ( 0,0), ( 3,0).
Level 3 ( difficult)
1. Find the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are given by (7 ¸-8), ( -9, 7) , ( 8, 13)?
2. Find the point on x-axis which are at a distance of 2√5 from the point ( 7, -4) . how many such
points are there?
3. The mid point of line segment joining A( 2a, 4) and B ( -2, 3b) is ( 1, 2a +1). Find the value of a
and b?
4. Find the ratio in which P( 4,m) divides the line segments joining the points A( 2,3) and B( 6, -3)
.hence find m?
5. The x-coordinate of a point p is twice its y-coordinate. If p is equidistant from Q( 2, -5) and R( -3,
6) . find coordinates of p ?

6. If a point A(0,2) is equidistant from the points B( 3,P) and C ( P,5). Then find the value of p ?

SA type questions (3 marks)


LEVEL 1 (EASY)
Q1. Find the coordinates of the point on the y-axis which is equidistant from the points A(5, 3) and B(1, -
5).
Q2. Find the relation between x and y such that the points (x, y), (1, 2) and (7, 0) are collinear.
Q3. Show that (a, a), (-a, -a) and (−√3𝑎𝑎, √3𝑎𝑎) are vertices of an equilateral triangle.
Q4. If A(-2, 1), B(a, 0), C(4, b) and D(1, 2) are vertices of a parallelogram ABCD, find the values of a and b.
Hence, find the length of its sides.
Q5. Find the ratio in which the line joining the points (6, 4) and (1, –7) is divided by x-axis. Also find the
coordinates of the point which divides the line in same ratio.
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦+1
Q6. If the mid points of a line segment joining A(2 , 2
) and B(x + 1, y – 3) is C(5, -2), find x and y.

LEVEL 2 (AVERAGE)
Q1. If R (x, y) is a point on line segment joining the points P(a, b) and Q(b, a), then prove that x + y = a + b.
Q2. Show that (1, -1) is the centre of the circle circumscribing the triangle whose vertices are (4, 3), (-2, 3)
and (6, -1).
Q3. If the points P(-3, 9), Q(a, b) and R(4, -5) are collinear and a + b = 1, find the values of a and b. a = 2, b =
-1.
Q4. The centre of a circle is (2a, a – 7). Find the values of a, if the circle passes through the point (11, –9) and
has a diameter 10√ 2 units.
Q5. If two adjacent vertices of a parallelogram are (3, 2) and (-1, 0) and the diagonals intersect at (2, -5), then
find the coordinates of the other two vertices.
Q6. A point G divides a line segment in the ration 3 : 7. The segment starts at the origin and ends at a point K
having 20 as its abscissa and 40 as its ordinate. Given that G is closer to the origin than to point K. What are
the coordinates of point G.
LEVEL 3 (DIFFICULT)
Q1. The mid-point P of the line segment joining the points A(-10, 4) and B(-2, 0) lies on the line segment
joining the points C(-9, -4) and D(-4, y). Find the ratio in which P divides CD. Also find the value of y.
Q2. The point A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) are the vertices of triangle ABC.
a. The median from A meets BC at D. Find the coordinates of the point D.
b. Find the coordinates of point P on AD such that AP : PD is 2 : 1.
c. Name the point in a triangle where all the three medians intersect.
Q3. In what ratio does the x-axis divide the line segment joining the points (-4, -6) and (-1, 7)? Find the
coordinates of the point of division.
Q4. Point A lies on the line segment XY joining X(6, -6) and Y(-4, -1) in such a way that XA : XY = 2 : 5. If
a point A also lies on the line 3x + k(y + 1) = 0, find the value of k.
Q5. If (-4, 3) and (4, 3) are two vertices of an equilateral triangle, find the coordinates of the third vertex,
given that the origin lies in the interior of the triangle.
Q6. The centre of a circle is (2a, a – 7). Find the values of a, if the circle passes through the point (11, –9) and
has a diameter 10√ 2 units.

LA TYPE QUESTIONS ( 5 MARKS)


LEVEL : 1 (Easy)

Q.1 If two vertices of an equilateral triangle are (3, 0) and (6, 0), find the third vertex.
Q.2 Check whether (5, - 2), (6, 4) and (7, -2) are the vertices of an isosceles triangle.
𝑎𝑎
Q.3 If Q (3,4 ) is the midpoint of the line segment joining the points P(-6, 5) and (-2,3), then find the value of
‘a’.
LEVEL : 2 (Average)

Q.1 If the centroid of ∆ABC, in which A(a, b), B(b, c), C(c, a) is at the origin, then calculate the value of (a^3
+ b^3 + c^3)
Q.2 Point P(x, 4) lies on the line segment joining the points A(-5, 8) and B(4, -10). Find the ratio in which
point P divides the line segment AB. Also find the value of x.
Q.3 A point P divides the line segment joining the points A(3, -5) and B(-4, 8) such that
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝐾𝐾
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
= 1 . If P lies on the line x + y = 0, then find the value of K.

LEVEL : 3 (Difficult)

Q.1 The x-coordinate of a point P is twice its y coordinate. If P is equidistant from Q (2, -5) and R(-3, 6), find
the coordinates of P.
Q.2 If the points A (1, –2), B (2, 3) C (a, 2) and D (– 4, –3) form a parallelogram, find the value of a and height
of the parallelogram taking AB as the base.
Q.3 Find the ratio in which the line x – 3y = 0 divides the line segment joining the points (-2, -5) and (6,3).
Find the coordinates of the point of intersection.

CASE STUDY QUESTIONS

CASE STUDY 1

A person is riding his bike on a straight road towards East from his college to city A and then to city B. At
some point in between city A and city B, he suddenly realises that there is not enough petrol for the journey.
Also, there is no petrol pump on the road between these two cities.

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) The value of y is equal to

(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5


(ii) The value of x is equal to
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 8 (d) 7
(iii) If M is any point exactly in between city A and city B, then coordinates of M are

(a) 3,3 (b) 4,4 (c) 5,5 (d) 6,6


(iv) The ratio in which A divides the line segment joining the points O and M is

(a) 1:2 (b) 2.1 (c) 3.2 (d) 2.3


(v) If the person analyses the petrol at the point M(the midpoint of AB), then what should be his decision?

(a) Should he travel back to college (b) Should try his luck to move towards city B

(c) Should he travel back to city A (d) None of these


CASE STUDY 2

In order to conduct Sports Day activities in your School, lines have been drawn with chalk powder at a
distance of 1 m each, in a rectangular shaped ground ABCD, 100 flower pots have been placed at a distance of
1 m from each other along AD, as shown in given figure below. Niharika runs 1/4 th the distance AD on the
2nd line and posts a green flag. Preet runs 1/5th distance AD on the eighth line and posts a red flag.

1. Find the position of green flag

a) (2,25) b) (2,0.25) c) (25,2) d) (0, -25)

2. Find the position of red flag

a) (8,0) b) (20,8) c) (8,20) d) (8,0.2)

3. What is the distance between both the flags?

a) √41 b) √11 c) √61 d) √51

4. If Rashmi has to post a blue flag exactly halfway between the line segment joining the two flags, where
should she post her flag?

a) (5, 22.5) b) (10,22) c) (2,8.5) d) (2.5,20)

5. If Joy has to post a flag at one-fourth distance from green flag , in the line segment joining the green and
red flags, then where should he post his flag?
a) (3.5,24) b) (0.5,12.5) c) (2.25,8.5) d) (25,20)

CASE STUDY 3

Alia and Shagun are friends living on the same street in Patel Nagar. Shaguns house is at the intersection of
one street with another street on which there is a library. They both study in the same school and that is not far
from Shagun's house. Suppose the school is situated at the point 0, i.e., the origin, Alia's house is at A.
Shaguns house is at B and library is at C. Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

1. How far is Alia's house from Shaguns house?

(a) 3 units (b) 4 units (c) 5 units (d) 2 units


2. How far is the library from Shaguns house?

(a) 3 units (b) 2 units (c) 5 units (d) 4 units


3. How far is the library from Alia's house?

(a) 2 units (b) 3 units (c) 4 units (d) None of the above
4. Which of the following is true?

(a) ABC forms a scalene triangle (b) ABC forms an isosceles


triangle
(c) ABC forms an equilateral (d) None of these
triangle
5. How far is the school from Alia's house than Shagun’s house?

a) √13 units b) √5 units c) (√13 + √5) units d) (√13 - √5) units

CASE STUDY 4

The class X students school in krishnagar have been allotted a rectangular plot of land for their gardening
activity. Saplings of Gulmohar are planted on the boundary at a distance of 1 m from each other. There is
triangular grassy lawn in the plot as shown in the figure. The students are to sow seeds of flowering plants on
the remaining area of the plot.
1. Taking A as origin, find the coordinates of P

a) (4,6) b) (6,4) c) (0,6) d) (4,0)

2. What will be the coordinates of R, if C is the origin?

a) (8,6) b) (3,10) c) (10,3) d) (0,6)

3. What will be the coordinates of Q, if C is the origin?

a) (6,13) b) (-6,13) c) (-13,6) d) (13,6)

4. Calculate the area of the triangles if A is the origin

a) 4.5 b) 6 c) 8 d) 6.25

5. Calculate the area of the triangles if C is the origin

a) 8 b) 5 c) 6.25 d) 4.5

CASE STUDY 5

Satellite image of a colony is shown below. In this view, a particular house is pointed out by a flag, which is
situated at the point of intersection of x and y-axes. If we go 2 cm east and 3 cm north from the house, then we
reach to a Grocery store. If we go 4 cm west and 6 cm south from the house, then we reach to a Electrician's
shop. If we go 6 cm east and 8 cm south from the house, then we reach to a food cart. If we go 6 cm west and
8 cm north from the house, then we reach to a bus stand.

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) The distance between grocery store and food cart is

(a) 12 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 18 cm (d) none of these


(ii) The distance of the bus stand from the house is

(a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 12 cm (d) 15 cm


(iii) If the grocery store and electrician's shop lie on a line, the ratio of distance of house from grocery store to
that from electrician's shop, is

(a) 3:2 (b) 2:3 (c) 1:2 (d) 2:1


(iv) The ratio of distances of house from bus stand to food cart is

(a) 1:2 (b) 2:1 (c) 1:1 (d) none of these


(v) The coordinates of positions of bus stand, grocery store, food cart and electrician's shop form a
(a) rectangle (b) parallelogram (c) square (d) none of these

CASE STUDY 6

To raise social awareness about hazards of smoking, a school decided to start 'No smoking' campaign. 10
students are asked to prepare campaign banners in the shape of a triangle. The vertices of one of the triangle
are P( -3,4), Q(3, 4) and R(-2, -1).

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) The coordinates of centroid of ΔPQR are:


27 11 −2 7 72
(a)3,3 (b) 3,3 (c) 3 ,3 (d) 3,3
(ii) If S be the mid-point of line joining P and Q, then coordinates of S are
(a) (4,0) (b) (2,0) (c) (0,2) (d) (0,4)
(iii) If T be the mid-point of line joining Rand Q, then coordinates of T are
11 31 13
(a) 2,2 (b) 2,2 (c) 2,2 (d) None of the above
(iv) If U be the mid-point of line joining Rand P, then coordinates of U are
−5 3 3 −5 35 53
(a) 2 ,2 (b) 2, 2 (c) 2,2 (d) 2,2
(v) The coordinates of centroid of ΔSTU are
27 11 −2 7 72
(a)3,3 (b) 3,3 (c) 3 ,3 (d) 3,3

ANSWERS
MCQS

1. B 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. B 9.B 10. A 11. B 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. B


16. A 17. B 18. A 19. C 20. D
ANSWERS VERY SHORT TYPE QUESTIONS level 1(easy)

1.Does not lie in any quadrant 2. 7 3.√2 units 3. Both +4 and -4 4.5 unit 5.(4,3)
Answers level 2(average)
1) 2:1 2) A(3,-10) 3)A=1/3 4) +4,-4 5)(0,5) 6) 12 unit
Answers level 3 ( difficult)
1) (2,4) 2)Only two points 3) b=2,a=2 4) Ratio is 1:1, and m=0 5) (16,8) 6) P=1
ANSWERS SA TYPE QUESTIONS (3 MARKS) LEVEL 1
1. Coordinates are (0, ½) 2. Relation is x + 3y -7 = 0
2. Using Distance Formula, show measurement of all three sides are same.
3. a= 1, b = 1, √10 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 4) Ratio 4 : 7 points (46/11, 0) 5) x = 6, y = -1
LEVEL 2
1. Using distance formula
2. Let the coordinates of centre be (x, y) and using distance formula, find the distance between the centre
and the vertices of triangle.
3. Using distance formula find PQ, PR and QR and as points are collinear the use PR = PQ + QR
4. Values of a are 5 or 3
5. Ratio is 4 : 7 with coordinates as ( 46/11, 0)
6. (6, 12)

LEVEL 3
𝑥𝑥₂+𝑥𝑥₃ 𝑦𝑦₂+𝑦𝑦₃
1. Ratio is 3: 2, and value of y is y = 6 2.A. Coordinates of point D ( 2 + 2 )
𝑥𝑥₁+𝑥𝑥₂+𝑥𝑥₃ 𝑦𝑦₁+𝑦𝑦₂+𝑦𝑦₃
b. Coordinates of point P ( 3
+ 3
)
c. Centroid
3. Ratio is 6 : 7, ( -34/13, 0) 4. k = 2 5) (0, 4√3 + 3) 6) Values of a are 5 or 3

ANSWERS TO LA TYPE QUESTIONS

Level 1 (Easy)
Q.1 C (9/2, -27/4) Q.2 Yes, (5, - 2), (6, 4) and (7, -2) are the vertices of an isosceles triangle.

Q.3 a= -12

Level 2 (Moderate)

Q.1 3abc Q.2 Point P divides AB in the ratio 2:7


and
x= -3 Q.3 K= ½

Level 3 (Difficult)
24
Q.1 Coordinates of point P are (16,8) Q.2 Height = Q.3 Required ratio is 13:3
√26
and the coordinate of the point of intersection is (9/2, 3/2)

ANSWERS : CASE STUDY 1

Q.1 y=2 Q.2 x=8 Q.3 (5,5) Q.4 Ratio= 2:3 Q.5 Should try his luck to move towards city B

CASE STUDY 2: Q.1 Answer: a) (2,25) Q.2 Answer: c) (8,20) Q.3 Answer: c) √61

Q.4 Answer: a) (5, 22.5) Q.5 Answer: a) (3.5,24)

CASE STUDY 3: (i) Distance between Alia's house and Shagun's house is 2 units.

(ii.) Distance between the library and Shagun's house is 2 units.

(iii.) Distance between the library and Alia's house is 2√ 2.


(iv.) Type of triangle formed by ABC is Right Angled Isosceles Triangle.
(v.) The distance between School and Alia's house is ( √ 13 - √ 5 ) units more than the distance between
School and Shagun's house.
CASE STUDY 4
Q.1 Answer: a) (4,6) Q.2 Answer: c) (10,3) Q.3 Answer: d) (13,6)

Q.4 Answer: a) 4.5 Q.5 Answer: d) 4.5

CASE STUDY 5

Q.1 15 cm Q.2 18 cm Q.3 Ratio= 1:2 Q.4 Ratio= 1:1

Q.5 Parallelogram

CASE STUDY 6

Q.1 option C Q.2 option D Q.3 option C

Q.4 option A Q.5 option C


CHAPTER-8
TRIGONOMETRY
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY
CHAPTER SUMMARY:
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQ’s)
DIRECTION: In the following questions, each question is followed by 4 options and one of the options
is correct solution of the question. So, choose the correct option from the given 4 options.

1
Q1. If cot𝜃𝜃 = , the value of sec2𝜃𝜃 + cosec2𝜃𝜃 is:
√3
40 38 1
(a) 1 (b) 9
(c) 9
(d) 53
1+𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
Q2. Given that sec𝜃𝜃 = √2 , the value of sin 𝜃𝜃
(a) 2√2 (b) √𝟐𝟐 (c) 3√2 (d) 2

Q3. If 𝜃𝜃 is an acute angle and tan 𝜃𝜃 + cot 𝜃𝜃 = 2, then the value of sin3 𝜃𝜃 + cos3 𝜃𝜃
1 √2
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 2
(d) √2
7
Q4. In ∆ABC right angled at B, sin A = 25 , then the value of cos C is
7 24 7 24
(a) 25
(b) 25 (c) 24 (d) 7

Q5. If sin 𝜃𝜃 + cos 𝜃𝜃 = √2 cos 𝜃𝜃, (𝜃𝜃 ≠ 900) than the value of tan 𝜃𝜃 is:
(a) √2 − 1 (b) √𝟐𝟐 + 1 (c) -√2 (d) √2

Q6. If tan 𝛼𝛼 + cot 𝛼𝛼 = 2, then tan20 𝛼𝛼 + cot20 𝛼𝛼 =


(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 20 (d) 220

Q7. If cos ( 𝛼𝛼 + 𝛽𝛽 ) = 0 , then sin ( 𝛼𝛼 − 𝛽𝛽 ) can be reduced to


(a) cos 𝛽𝛽 (b) cos2𝛽𝛽 (c) 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝛼𝛼 (d) sin2𝛼𝛼
1
Q8. If sin A = 2 then the value of cot A is
1 √3
(a) √3 (b) √3 (c) 2
(d) 1

Q9. The value of the expression cosec (750 + 𝜃𝜃 ) – sec (150 - 𝜃𝜃 ) – tan (550 + 𝜃𝜃 ) + cot (350 - 𝜃𝜃 ) is
3
(a) -1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
1 1
Q10. If sin 𝛼𝛼 = 2 and cos 𝛽𝛽 = 2 , then the value of (𝛼𝛼 + 𝛽𝛽 ) is
(a) 00 (b) 300 (c) 600 (d) 900

4𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
Q11. If 4tan θ = 3 , then 4𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
is equal to
2 1 1 3
(a) 3 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 4

Q12. In the adjoining figure, the length of BC is

(a) 2√3 cm (b) 3√𝟐𝟐 cm (c) 4√3 cm (d) 3 cm

Q13. If sec5A = cosec( A - 300 ), where 5A is an acute angle, then the value of A is
(a) 150 (b) 50 (c) 200 (d) 100
Q14. If tan2A = cot( A – 180 ) , where 2A is an acute angle, then the value of A is
(a) 120 (b) 180 (c) 360 (d) 480

Q15. If tan 𝜃𝜃 + sin 𝜃𝜃 = m and tan 𝜃𝜃 - sin 𝜃𝜃 = n, then m2 – n2 is equal to


(a) √𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (b) �𝑚𝑚/𝑛𝑛 (c) 4√𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 (d) None of these

In questions 16 to 20, a statement of assertion (A) is followed by a statement of reason (R). Mark the correct
choice as
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.
4
Q16. Assertion: The value of sin 𝜃𝜃 = 3 is not possible.
Reason: Hypotenuse is the largest side in any right angled triangle.

Q17. Assertion: sin2670 + cos2670 = 1


Reason: For any value of 𝜃𝜃 sin2𝜃𝜃+ cos2 𝜃𝜃 = 1

Q18. Assertion: The value of sec2100 + cot2800 is 1.


1
Reason: The value of sin 300 = 2
Q19. Assertion: The value of sin600 cos300 + sin300 cos600 is 1
Reason: sin900 = 1 and cos900 = 0

Q20. Assertion: If x = 2 sin2θ and y = 2cos2θ +1 then the value of x + y = 3.


Reason: For any value of θ, sin2θ + cos2θ = 1

VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS(2 MARKS)


Level I
Q1. In  ABC , right angled at Q, PR + QR = 25 cm and PQ = 5 cm. Determine the value to
Sin P, Cos P and Tan P.

Q2. If √3𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 1, then find the value of 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠2 𝜃𝜃 − 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 2 𝜃𝜃.


cos 45° 1
Q3. Evaluate: sec 30° + sec 60°

5𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 60°+4𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 2 30°−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡45°


Q4. Evaluate: 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠2 30°+𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 30°

Q5. If 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = √3, then prove that: 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 1.


Q6. If 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.6, show that (5𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 3𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡) = 0.

Level II
12 sin 2 θ − cos 2 θ 1
Q1. If Sin θ = 13, 0 < θ < 90 , find the value of
 
×
2 cos θ sin θ tan 2 θ

Q2. If 2sin 2 A − cos 2 A =


2 , then find the value of A .

Q3. If sin 𝜃𝜃 − cos 𝜃𝜃 = 0, then find the value of 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠4 𝜃𝜃 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 4 𝜃𝜃.
7
Q4. cot 𝜃𝜃 = 8, evaluate:
a) (1 + sin 𝜃𝜃) (1 + cos 𝜃𝜃) (1 − cos 𝜃𝜃)
b) 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 2 𝜃𝜃
Q5. Show that (sec A + tan A)(1 – sin A) = cos A
Q6. If 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 2𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 1, prove that 2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 2.

Level III
Q1. Simplify:(1 + 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡2 𝜃𝜃)(1 − 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)(1 + 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)
4−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠2 45°
Q2. The valuecot 𝑘𝑘 tan 60° is 3.5. What is the value of k?

Q3. Find the value of x in tan3x = sin45°cos45°+sin30°,where 3x is an acute angle.


Q4. If 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑚𝑚 and 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 − 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑛𝑛, prove that𝑚𝑚2 + 𝑛𝑛2 = 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 .
1
Q5. If𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 12𝑥𝑥,
1
show that: 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 6𝑥𝑥 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 − 6𝑥𝑥

Q6. If 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 + 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑚𝑚 and 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑛𝑛. Show that 𝑚𝑚2 − 𝑛𝑛2 = 4√𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚.

SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS ( 3 MARKS)


Level I
1
Q1. In triangle ABC, right-angled at B, if tan A = √3 , find the value of: (sin A cos C + cos A sin C)

Q2. Evaluate: sin 60°cos 45°+sin 45°cos 60°


Q3. Given sin θ =5/13, calculate all other trigonometric ratios.
Q4. Given, 8 tan A= 15, find sin A and sec A.
Q5.In ∆ABC, right angled at B, BC = 7cm and AC= 25 cm, Determine sin A and cos C.
1−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡2 𝐴𝐴
Q6. If 4 tan A=3, check whether 1+𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡2 𝐴𝐴
= cos2A-sin2A or not.

Level II
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠30°+𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡45°−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐60°
Q1. Evaluate 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠30°+𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐60°+𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐45°

1+𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠2 𝐴𝐴
Q2. Prove that 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
= 1−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

1+𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 1+𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
Q3. Prove that �1−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

1
Q4. If tan (A+B) = √3 and tan (A-B) = ; 0°< 𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵 ≤ 90°; A> 𝐵𝐵, find A and B.
√3

7 (1+𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)(1−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)
Q5. If cot θ = 8 then find the value: (1+𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐)(1−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐)

𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠−2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠3 𝜃𝜃 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
Q6. Prove that: 2𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐3 𝜃𝜃−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
Level III
4 2𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 12
Q1. If cos θ = 5 then Prove that 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐−𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
=7

Q2. If 7sin2θ + 3cos2θ= 4, show that the value of θ° is 60°.


𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠−1
Q3. Prove that (cosec θ –cot θ)2= 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+1
8 (2+2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠)(1−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠) 225
Q4. If tan θ=15 then prove that (1+𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐)(2−2𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐) = 64

𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 1−𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
Q5. Prove that 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐+𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =1+𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
5𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠−3𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 11
Q6. If cos θ =3/5, Prove that 4𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠+3𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 25

LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS ( 5 MARKS)

Level I
Q1. If cos A + sin A =
2 cos A , show that cos A − sin A =
2 sin A
4
Q2. If 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 5, find all other trigonometric ratios of angle 𝜃𝜃.
Q3. An equilateral triangle is inscribed in a circle of radius 4 cm. Find its side.

Level II
Q1. Prove the identity: (sin 𝐴𝐴 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐴𝐴)2 + (cos 𝐴𝐴 + sec 𝐴𝐴)2 = 7 + 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡2 𝐴𝐴 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 2 𝐴𝐴.
𝑥𝑥−ℎ 2 𝑦𝑦−𝑘𝑘 2
Q2. If 𝑥𝑥 = ℎ + 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎, 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑘𝑘 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏, prove that: � 𝑎𝑎
� +� 𝑏𝑏
� = 1.
Q3. Prove that: (1 + 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡)2 + (𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡) = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 2 𝐴𝐴. 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 2 𝐵𝐵
2

Level III
2
4−3�𝑥𝑥 2 −1�
Q1. If 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝑥𝑥, prove that 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠6 𝜃𝜃 + 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 6 𝜃𝜃 = .
4
Q2. If 𝑥𝑥𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠3 𝜃𝜃 + 𝑦𝑦𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 3 𝜃𝜃 = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 and 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 = 0, then prove that 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2 = 1.
𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑦𝑦 2
Q3. If 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
− 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑎𝑎2 − 𝑏𝑏 2 , prove that 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏2 = 1

CASE STUDY BASED QUESTIONS ( 4 MARKS )


Q1. Radio towers are used for transmitting a range of communication services including radio and television.
The tower will either act as an antenna itself or support one or more antennas on its structure, including
microwave dishes. They are among the tallest human-made structures. There are 2 main types: 7 guyed and
self-supporting structures. In a similar concept, a radio station tower was built in two sections A and B. Tower
is supported by wires from a point O. Distance between the base of the tower and point O is 36 m. From point
O, the angle of elevation of the top of section A is 30° and the angle of elevation of the top of section A is 45°.
Find the answers to the following questions:
1. What is the height of the section Y ?

(a) 12√3 m (b) 12√𝟐𝟐 m (c) 8√3 m (d) 4√2 m

2. What is the height of the section X ?


(a) 12(2 − √2) 𝑚𝑚 (b) 24(2 − √2) 𝑚𝑚 (c) 12(3 − √3) 𝑚𝑚 (d) 24(3 − √3) 𝑚𝑚

3. What is the length of the wire structure from the point O to the top of section X ?
(a) 24√3 m (b) 32√𝟐𝟐 m (c) 28√3 m (d) 36√2 m

4. What is the angle of depression from top of tower to point 0 ?


(a) 150 (b) 450 (c) 300 (d) 750

Q2. A clinometer is a tool that is used to measure the angle of elevation, or angle from the ground, in a right -
angled triangle. Manish got a clinometer from school lab and started the measuring elevation angle in
surrounding. He saw a building on which society logo is painted on wall of building. From a point P on the
ground level, the angle of elevation of the roof of the building is 45°.The angle of elevation of the centre of
logo is 30° from same point. The point P is at a distance of 24 m from the base of the building. Find the
answers to the following questions:
1. What is the height of the building logo from ground?
(a) 8√3 m (b) 4√𝟐𝟐 m (c) 8√2 m (d) 4√3 m

2. What is the height of the building from ground?


(a) 32 𝑚𝑚 (b) 24 𝑚𝑚 (c) 8(3 − √3) 𝑚𝑚 (d) 24(3 − √3) 𝑚𝑚

3. What is the aerial distance of the point P from the top of the building?
(a) 32√3 m (b)24√𝟐𝟐 m (c) 32√2 m (d) 24√3 m

Q3. Tower cranes are a common fixture at any major construction site. They are pretty hard to miss. They
often rise hundreds of feet into the air, and can reach out Just as far. The construction crew uses the tower
crane to lift steel, concrete, large tools, and a wide variety of other building materials. A crane stands on a
level ground. It is represented by a tower XY, of height 11 m and a jib YP. The jib is of length 20 m and can
rotate in a vertical plane about Y. A vertical cable, PQ, carries a load Q. The diagram shows current position
of the Jib, cable and load. Find the answers to the following questions:

1. What is the length YQ?


(a) 8√3 m (b) 4√𝟐𝟐 m (c) 8√2 m (d) 4√3 m

2. What is the angle that the Jib, YP, makes with the horizontal?
(a) 600 (b) 450 (c) 300 (d) 750

3. What is the measure of the angle YPQ?


(a) 600 (b) 450 (c) 300 (d) 750

4. Now the jib XY has been rotated and the length PQ is increased. The load is now on the ground at a point 8
m from X. What is the angle through which the Jib has been rotated?
(a) 250 (b) 450 (c) 300 (d) 150

Q4. Independence day is celebrated annually on 15 August commemorating the nation’s independence and the
sacrifice of the great leaders. In Niharika’s school a programme of fIag hoisting is organized, from a point S
on the ground the angle of elevation of the top of a 10 m school building is 30°. The fIag is hoisted at the top
of the building and the angle of elevation of the top of the fIagsttaff from S is 45°. Find the answers to the
following questions:
1.What is the length SR ?
(a) 17.86 m (b) 17.32 m (c) 16.95 m (d) 17.69 m

2. What is the length PQ ?


(a) 7.86 m (b) 7.32 m
(c) 6.95 m (d) 7.69 m

3. Find ∠SQR:
(a) 600 (b) 450 (c) 300 (d) 750

4. Find ∠SPR:
(a) 600 (b) 450 (c) 300 (d) 750

Q5. Fire brigade: The fire brigade is an organization which has the job of putting out fires; used especially to
refer to the people who actually fight the fires. A fire brigade ladder-truck arrives at a highrise apartment
complex where a fire has broken out. The maximum length the ladder extends is 40 meter and the angle of
inclination is 450. Assume the ladder is mounted at the top a 3 meter high truck.

(a)How high up the side of the building does the ladder reach?

(b) What is the length of base of truck ?

Q6. Cyclometer : Meteorologists find the height of a cloud using an instrument called a ceilometer. It consists
of a light projector that directs a vertical light beam up to the cloud base and a light detector that scans the
cloud to detect the light beam.
On July 2, 2021, at Midway Airport in Mumbai, a ceilometer was employed to find the height of the cloud
cover. It was set up with its light detector 50 meter from its light projector. If the angle of elevation from the
light detector to the base of the cloud was 60°, what was the height of the cloud cover?

ANSWER KEY
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
1.(d) 2.(a)2√2 3. (c)
√2
4.(a)
7 5.(a) √𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 6.(b)2 7.(b) 8.(a)√3 9.(b)0 10.(d)900
1 25
53 2 cos2𝛽𝛽

11.(c) 12.(d)3cm 13.(c)200 14.(c)360 15.(c)4√𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 16.(a) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (a)
1
2

VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS(2 MARKS)


Level I
𝑸𝑸𝑸𝑸 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝑷𝑷𝑷𝑷 𝟓𝟓 𝑸𝑸𝑸𝑸 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
1. 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔 𝒑𝒑 = 𝑷𝑷𝑷𝑷
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 , 𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄 𝒑𝒑 = 𝑷𝑷𝑷𝑷 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 , 𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕 𝒑𝒑 = 𝑷𝑷𝑷𝑷 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
2. − 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐+√𝟔𝟔
3. 𝟒𝟒
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
4. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

Level II
5 12 595
1. 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 13 , 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 5
; 3456 = 0.172
2. Cos A = 0, A = 90°
1
3. 2
49
4. 64

Level III
1. 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 2 𝜃𝜃(𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 2 𝜃𝜃) = 1
1
2. 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = ; k = 60°
√3
3. 3𝑥𝑥 = 45° ; 𝑥𝑥 = 15°
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS ( 3 MARKS)

LI 1.1 3+1
2. √2√2 _ 4. sin A=15/17, sec A=17/8 _ _

LII 43−24√3
1. 11 _ _ 4. A=45° B=15° 5. 49/64 _

LIII 1. Find the 2. Find the _ _ _ _


trigonometric value of
ratio of sin, sin A=4/5.
tan and cot
and put the
values.

LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS ( 5 MARKS)


Level I
𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒
2. Sin𝜽𝜽 = 𝟓𝟓 , 𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄 = 𝟑𝟑 , 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔 = 𝟒𝟒 , 𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕𝒕 = 𝟒𝟒
, 𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄 = 𝟑𝟑

3. 4√𝟑𝟑

CASE STUDY BASED QUESTIONS

1.(1) (a) 12√𝟑𝟑 m 2.(1) (a) 8√𝟑𝟑 m


(2) (c) 12(𝟑𝟑 − √𝟑𝟑) 𝐦𝐦 (2) (b) 24 𝒎𝒎
(3) (d) 36√𝟐𝟐 m (3) (b)24√𝟐𝟐 m
(4) (b) 450

3.(1) (a) 8√𝟑𝟑 m 4.(1) (b) 17.32 m


(2) (c) 300 (2) (b) 7.32 m
(3) (a) 600 (3) (a) 600
(4) (c) 300 (4) (b) 450

***************************************
CHAPTER:9
Some Applications of Trigonometry
INTRODUCTION
One common use for trigonometry is to measure heights and distances to an object (such as
moon) without going to the object
Line of Sight
When an observer looks from a point E (eye) at an object O then the straight line EO between the
eye E and the object O is called the line of sight.

Horizontal
When an observer looks from a point E (eye) to another point Q which is horizontal to E, then
the straight line, EQ between E and Q is called the horizontal line.

Angle of Elevation
When the eye is below the object, then the observer has to look up from the point E to the object
O. The measure of this rotation (angle θ) from the horizontal line is called the angle of elevation.

Angle of Depression
when the eye is above the object, then the observer has to look down from the point E to the
object. The horizontal line is now parallel to the ground. The measure of this rotation (angle θ)
from the horizontal line is called the angle of depression.

An Example of Angle of Elevation and Depression

A man standing on a building will look at a building higher than his. If he sees at the top, he will
look at the top he will form angle of elevation. If he look at the bottom he will form angle of
depression with bottom of the building.
NOTE:- i)For solving the height and distances problem, draw figure, and see the relation between known to
unknown
ii) Numerically the angle of elevation is equal to the angle of depression by alternate interior angles.
.

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS MCQ’s


1 A pole casts a shadow of length 2√3m on the ground when sun's elevation is 60°. The height of the
pole is
a)3 m b) 5 m c)6m d) 9m
2 If at some time, the length of the shadow of a tower is √3 times its height, then the angle of elevation
of the sun, at that time is:
(a) 15° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 60°
3 A ladder 15 m long just reaches the top of a vertical wall. If the ladder makes an angle of 60° with the
wall, then the height of the wall is:
15m b) 15√3𝑚𝑚 c) 7.5m d) 5√3𝑚𝑚
4 An observer 1.5 meters tall is 20.5 meters away from a tower 22 meters high. Determine the angle of
elevation of the top of the tower from the eye of the observer.
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
5 The angle of depression of a car, standing on the ground, from the top of a 75 m high tower is 30°.
The distance of the car from the base of tower (in m) is:
(a) 25√3 (b) 50√3 (c) 75√3 (d) 150
6 If the height of a tower and the distance of the point of observation from its foot, both, are increased
by 10%, then the angle of elevation of its top
a) Increases b) decreases c) remains unchanged d) have no relation.
7 If the length of the shadow of a tower is increasing, then the angle of elevation of the sun
a) is also increasing b) is decreasing c) remains unaffected
(D) Don’t have any relation with length of shadow
8 If a man standing on a platform 3 meters above the surface of a lake observes a cloud and its reflection
in the lake, then the angle of elevation of the cloud is
(A) Equal to the angle of depression of its reflection.
(B) double to the angle of depression of its reflection
(C) not equal to the angle of depression of its reflection
(D) information insufficient
9 The angle of elevation of the top of a 15 m high tower at a point 15 m away from the base of tower is:
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) 45° (d) 75°
10 Two poles are 25 m and 15 m high and the line joining their tops makes an angle of 45° with the
horizontal. The distance between these poles is:
(a) 5 m (b) 8 m (c) 9 m (d) 10 m
11 A lamp post 5√3 m high casts a shadow 5 m long on the ground. The sun’s elevation at this point is:
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
12 If two towers of height h1 and h2 subtend angles of 60° and 30° respectively at the midpoint of the
line joining their feet, then the value of h1: h2 is
(A) 1:3 (B) 1:2 (C) 2:1 (D) 3:1
13 The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point P on the ground is α. After walking α
distance d towards the foot of the tower, angle of elevation is found to be β. Then
(a) α < β (b) α > β (c) α = β (d) None of these
14 If the height and length of a shadow of a man are the same, then the angle of elevation of sun is:
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) 45° (d) 15°
15 The angle formed by the line of sight with the horizontal when the point is below the horizontal level
is called:
(a) Angle of elevation (b) Angle of depression (c) No such angle is formed (d) None of the above
Instructions:
(Q No 16 & 20)
In the following questions, a statement of assertion (A) is followed by a statement of reason (R). Mark
the correct choice as:
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of assertion
(A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of assertion
(A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.
16 Assertion (A): If the angle of elevation of Sun, above a perpendicular line (tower) decreases, then the
shadow of tower increases.
Reason (R): It is due to decrease in slope of the line of sight.
17 Assertion (A): When we move towards the object, angle of elevation decreases.
Reason (R): As we move towards the object, it subtends large angle at our eye than before.
18 Assertion: The line of sight is the line drawn from the eye of an observer to the point in the object
viewed by the observer.
reason: trigonometric ratios are used to find height or length of an object or distance between two
distant
19 Assertion: If the length of shadow of a vertical pole is equal to its height, then the angle of elevation
of the sun is 45°
Reason : According to Pythagoras theorem, h2=l2+b2 , where h = hypotenuse, l = length and b = base

20 Assertion:
In the figure given below if BC=20m then height AB is 11.56m

Reason:
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
tan𝜃𝜃 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 = where 𝜃𝜃 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 ∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
VSA(Level-1)
1 A player sitting on the top of tower of height 20 m observes the angle of a depression of a ball lying on the
ground as 600. Find the distance between the foot of the tower and the ball. (take√3=1.732)

2 Two man are on opposite sides of a tower. The measure the angle of elevation of the top of tower
as 300 and 450 respectively. If the height of the tower is 50 metres, find the distance between the two men.
3 The angle of elevation of the top of a hill from the foot of a tower is 60° and the angle of elevation of the top of
the tower from the foot of the hill is 30°. If the tower is 50 m high, find the height of the hill.
4 A ladder 20m long just reaches the top of a vertical wall. If the ladder makes an angle of 60∘ with the wall. Find
the height of the wall.
5 The height of a tower is 12 m. What is the length of its shadow when 10 Sun’s altitude is 45°?
6 A circus artist is climbing a 20 m long rope, which is tightly stretched and tied from the top of a
vertical pole to the ground. Find the height of the pole, if the angle made by the rope with the ground
level is 30°
VSA(level-2)
1 The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point on the ground, which is 30 meters away from
the foot of the tower, is 300. Find the height of the tower.
2 A person aims at a bird on top of a 5 m high pole with an elevation of 300. If a bullet is fired, it will
travel “k” meters before reaching the bird. Find k.
3 In a rectangle, the angle between a diagonal and a side is 300 and the length of this diagonal is 10cm.
Find the area of the rectangle.
4 Find the angle of elevation of the sun when the shadow of a pole h metres high is √3 h metres long.
5 In the figure, AB is a 6 m high pole and CD is a ladder inclined at an angle of 60° to the horizontal
and reaches up to a point D of pole. If AD = 2.54 m. Find the length of the ladder. (take√3=1.732)

6 A ladder, leaning against a wall, makes an angle of 60° with the horizontal. If the foot of the ladder is
2.5 m away from the wall, find the length of the ladder.
VSA(level-3)
1 If the length of the ladder placed against a wall is twice the distance between the foot of the ladder and
the wall. Find the angle made by the ladder with the horizontal.
2 If a tower 30 m high, casts a shadow 10√3 m long on the ground, then what is the angle of elevation
of the sun?
3 The tops of two towers of height x and y, standing on level ground, subtend angles of 30° and 60°
respectively at the Centre of the line joining their feet, then find x : y.
4 The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from two points at a distance of 4 m and 9 m from the
base of the tower and in the same straight line with it are 60° and 30° respectively. Find the height of
the tower.
5 As observed from the top of a light house, 100 m high above sea level, the angles of depression of a
ship, sailing directly towards it, changes from 30° to 60°. Find the distance travelled by the ship
during the period of observation.
6 The angle of elevation of the top of a building from the foot of the tower is 30° and the angle of
deviation of the top of the tower from the foot of the building is 45°. If the tower is 30 m high, find the
height of the building.
SA(Level-1)
1 A tree breaks due to storm and the broken part bends so that the top of the tree touches making an angle
of 300 with it. The distance between the foot of the tree to the point where the top touches the ground
is 8m.Find the height of the tree.
2 A man on the deck of a ship, 14m above the water level, observes that the angle of elevation of the top
of a cliff is 600 and angle of depression of the base of the cliff is 300. Find the height of the cliff.
3 The angle of elevation of the top of the building from the foot of the tower is 300 and the angle of the top of the
tower from the foot of the building is 600. If the tower is 50 m high, find the height of the building.
4 The shadow of a tower standing on a level ground is found to be 40 m longer when Suns altitude
is 300 than when it was 600. Find the height of the tower.
5 From a point on the ground 40 m away from the foot of a tower, the angle of elevation of the top of
the tower is 30°. The angle of elevation of the top of a water tank (on the top of the tower) is 45°. Find
the (i) height of the tower (ii) the depth of the tank.
6 An electrician has to repair an electric fault on a pole of height 4 m. He needs to reach a point 1.3 m
below the top of the pole to undertake the repair work. What should be the length of the ladder that he
should use which when inclined at an angle of 60∘ to the horizontal would enable him to reach the
required position?
SA(Level-2)
1 A tree is broken by wind, its upper part touches the ground at a point 10 m from the foot of the tree
and makes an angle of 450 with the ground. Find the total length of the tree in meters
2 The Qutab minar casts a shadow 150 m long and at the same time another minar casts a shadow of
120 m long on the ground. If the height of the second minar is 80 m, then find the height of Qutab
minar.
3 A vertical tower stands on a horizontal plane and is surmounted by a vertical flag staff of height 6 m.
At a point on the plane, the angle of elevation of the bottom and top of the flag staff are 300 and 450
respectively. Find the height of the tower.
4 The shadow of tower, standing on level ground is found to be 45 m longer when sun’s altitude is 300
then when it was at 600. Find the height of the tower.
5 Two poles are 25m and 12m high and the line joining their tops makes an angle of 450 with the
horizontal. Find the distance between the poles.
6 The angle of elevation of the top of a tower at a distance of 120 m from a point A on the ground is
45°. If the angle of elevation of the top of a flagstaff fixed at the top of the tower, at A is 60°, then find
the height of the flagstaff. [Use √3 = 1.73]
SA(Level-3)
1 From the top of a 300 metre high light-house, the angles of depression of two ships, which are due
south of the observer and in a straight line with its base, are 60° and 30° .Find their distance apart?
2 A Statue, 1.6 m tall, stands on the top of a pedestal. From a point on the ground, the angle of elevation
of the top of the statue is 60° and from the same point, the angle of elevation of the top of the pedestal
is 45° . Find the height of the pedestal? (Use √ 3 = 1.73)
3 A peacock is sitting on the top of a tree. It observes a serpent on the ground making an angle of
depression of 30°. The peacock with the speed of 300 metre/ minute catches the serpent in 12 seconds.
What is the height of the tree?
4 An aero plane, at an altitude of 1200 m, finds that two ships are sailing towards it in the same
direction. The angles of depression of the ships as observed from the aeroplane are 60° and 30°
respectively. Find the distance between the two ships?
5 From the top of a multi-storeyed building, 90m high, the angles of depression of the top and the
bottom of a tower are observed to be 30° and 60° respectively. Find the height of the tower?
6 Two ships are there in the sea on either side of a lighthouse in such a way that the ships and the base
of the lighthouse are in the same straight line. The angles of depression of two ships as observed from
the top of the lighthouse are 60° and 45°. If the height of the lighthouse is 200m, find the distance
between the two ships.
LA(Level-1)
1 Determine the height of a mountain if the elevation of its top at an unknown distance from the base is
30° and at a distance 10 km further off from the mountain, along the same line, the angle of elevation
is 150. (Use tan 15° = 0.27)
2 From a point P on the ground, the angle of elevation of the top of a 10m tall building is 30°. A flag is
hosted at the top of the building and the angle of elevation of the top of the flagstaff from P is 450.
Find the length of the flagstaff and the distance of the building from the point P. (Take √3 = 1.732).
3 A 1.5 m tall boy is standing at some distance from a 30 m tall building. The angle of elevation from
his eyes to the top of the building increases from 30° to 60° as he walks towards the building. Find the
distance he walked towards the building.
LA(Level-2)
1 The angle of elevation and depression of the top and bottom of a light house from the top of a 60m
high building are 300 and 600 respectively. Find
a)The difference between the height of the light house and the building.
b)The distance between the light house and the building.
2 The horizontal distance between two towers is 140m. The angle of elevation of the top of the first
tower when seen from the top of the second tower is 300. If the height of the second tower is 60m, find
the height of the first tower.
3 From the top of a 60 m high building, the angles of depression of the top and the bottom of a tower are
45° and 60° respectively. Find the height of the tower. [Take √3 = 1.73]
LA(Level-3)
1 A spherical balloon of radius r subtends an angle θ at the eye of an observer. If the angle of elevation
of its centre is φ, find the height of the centre of the balloon.
2 From a balloon vertically above a straight road, the angles of depression of two cars at an instant are
found to be 45° and 60°. If the cars are 100 m apart, find the height of the balloon.
3 The angle of elevation of a cloud from a point h metres above the surface of a lake is θ and the angle
of depression of its reflection in the lake is φ. Find the height of the cloud above the lake.
Case study based question
1 A group of students of class X visited India Gate on an education trip. The teacher and students had interest
in history as well. The teacher narrated that India Gate, official name Delhi Memorial, originally called All-
India War Memorial, monumental sandstone arch in New Delhi, dedicated to the troops of British India
who died in wars fought between 1914 and 1919. The teacher also said that India Gate, which is located at
the eastern end of the Rajpath (formerly called the Kingsway), is about 138 feet (42 metres) in height.

i)What is the angle of elevation if they are standing at a distance of 42m away from the monument?
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 0°
b) They want to see the tower at an angle of 60° . So, they want to know the distance where they should
stand and hence find the distance.
a) 25.24 m b) 20.12 m c) 42 m d) 24.64m
c)If the altitude of the Sun is at 60 , then the height of the vertical tower that will cast a shadow of length 20
m is
a) 20√3 m b) 20/√3 m c) 15/√3 m d) 15√3 m
d)The ratio of the length of a rod and its shadow is 1:1 .The angle of elevation of the Sun is
a) 30° b)45° c) 60° d) 90°
e) The angle formed by the line of sight with the horizontal when the object viewed is below the
horizontal level is
a) corresponding angle b) angle of elevation c) angle of depression d) complete angle
2 In a village, group of people complained for an electric fault in their area. On their complained, an
electrician reached village to repair an electric fault on a pole of height 5m. She needs to reach a point
1.3m below the top of the pole to undertake the repair work (see the adjoining figure). She used
ladder, inclined at an angle of q to the horizontal such that Cosθ = 0.5, to reach the required position.
i)The angle of elevation θ is
(a) 60° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 90°
ii)The length BD is
(a) 3m (b) 3.5m (c) 3.7m (d)4m
iii) The length of the ladder (take √3 = 1.73) is
(a) 4 m (b) 4.3 m (c) 4.2 m (d) 4.28 m
iv) How far from the foot of the pole should she place the foot of the ladder?
(a) 2 m (b) 2.14 m (c) 2.2 m (d) 2.28 m
v)If the height of pole and distance BD is doubled, then what will be the length of the ladder?
(a) 8 m (b) 8.6 m (c) 8.56 m (d) 8.28m
3 A Satellite flying at height ‘h’ is watching the top of the two tallest mountains in Uttarakhand and
Karnataka, them being Nanda Devi (height 7,816m) and Mullayanagiri (height 1,930 m). The angles
of depression from the satellite, to the top of Nanda Devi and Mullayanagiri are 30° and 60°
respectively. If the distance between the peaks of two mountains is 1937 km , and the satellite is
vertically
above the midpoint of the distance between the two mountains.
i)The distance of the satellite from the top of Nanda Devi is
a) 1139.4 km b) 577.52 km c) 1937 km d) 1025.36 km
ii) The distance of the satellite from the top of Mullayanagiri is
a) 1139.4km b) 577.52 km c) 1937 km d) 1025.36 km
iii) The distance of the satellite from the ground is
a) 1139.4 km b) 577.52 km c) 1937 km d) 1025.36 km
iv) What is the angle of elevation if a man is standing at a distance of 7816m from Nanda Devi?
a) 30° b) 45° c) 60° d) 0°
v) If a mile stone very far away from, makes 45 to the top of Mullanyangiri montain . So, find the
distance of this mile stone form the mountain.
a) 1118.327 km b) 566.976 km c) 1937 km d) 1025.36 k
4 Radio towers are used for transmitting a range of communication services including radio and
television. The tower will either act as an antenna itself or support one or more antennas on its
structure, including microwave dishes. They are among the tallest human-made structures. There are 2
main types: guyed and self-supporting structures. On a similar concept, a radio station tower was built
in two sections A
and B . Tower is supported by wires from a point O. Distance between the base of the tower and point
O is 36 m. From point O , the angle of elevation of the top of
section B is 30° and the angle of elevation of the top of section A is 45°.
On the basis of the above information, answer the following questions:
i)What is the height of the section B ?
(a) 12√3 m (b) 12√2 m (c) 8√3 m (d) 4√2m
ii) What is the height of the section A ?
(a) 12(2-√2) (b) 24(2-√2) (c) 12(3-√3) (d) 24(3-√3
iii) What is the length of the wire structure from the point O to the top of section A ?
(a) 32√2 m (b) 24√3 m (c) 28√3 m (d) 36√2 m
iv) What is the length of the wire structure from the point O to the top of section B ?
(a) 12√3 m (b) 24√3 m (c) 28√3 m (d) 16√3 m
v) What is the angle of depression from top of tower to point O ?
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 15° (d) 75°
5 In the school exhibition, a class 10 student made a cardboard ABC in the form of a right angled
triangle to prepare a math working model Right angled at B, AB = 4 cm and <ACB = 300.
Based upon a given information, answer the following questions:

a)The length of AC is :
i)3 cm ii) 4 cm iii) 6cm iv) 8 cm.
b)The value of Sin 300 is:
1 √3 1
i) 1 ii) 2 iii) iv) .
2 √3
c) The length of side BC is :
𝑖𝑖) 4√3𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ii) 4√2𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 iii) 3√3𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 iv) 8 cm.
d)The value of Tan A is :
1 1
𝑖𝑖) √3 ii) iii) iv) √2
√3 √2
2 2
e)The value of 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 30° + 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 60° is:
1 1
i)1 ii) 0 iii) 2 iv)
√2

6 Vicky, a class X student is a big foodie. Once his mother has made a sandwich for him. A thought has
come into his mind by seeing a piece of sandwich. He thought if he increases the base length and
height, he can eat a bigger piece of sandwich.

Answer the following questions:


a)If the length of the base is 12 cm and the height is 5 cm then the length of the hypotenuse of that
sandwich is:
i) 17 cm ii) 7 cm iii) 169 cm iv) 13 cm
b) What will be the value of cosine of the angle between hypotenuse and the height of sandwich?
5 12 13 13
𝑖𝑖) 13 ii) 13 iii) 5 iv) 12
c) If he increases the base length to 15 cm and the hypotenuse to 17 cm, then the height of the
sandwich is :
i) 7 cm ii) 8 cm iii) 32 cm iv) None of these.
d)If the value of tan𝜃𝜃 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 √3, 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 ∶
1 √3 1
𝑖𝑖) 2 ii) iii) iv) 1
2 √2

e)The value of tan 450 + cot 450 is:


i)1 ii) 2 iii) 3 iv) 4

Solutions:
1 c)6m
2 b) 300
3 c) 7.5m
4 b) 450
5 c)75√3 m
6 c) remain unchanged

7 b) will decrease.

8 c) (C) not equal to the angle of depression of its reflection


9 c) 450
10 d)10m
11 c)60∘.
12 d) 3:1
13 (a) α < β
14 (c) 45° Since the ratio of perpendicular to base is 1 here
15 (b) Angle of depression
The angle formed by the line of sight with the horizontal when the point is below the horizontal level
is called angle of depression
16 (a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of assertion
(A).
17 (d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.
18 (a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of assertion
(A).
19 (b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is not the correct explanation of assertion
(A).
20 (a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of assertion
(A).
VSA(Level-1)
1 11.547m
2 136.6m
3 150m
4 10m
5 12m
6 10m
VSA(level-2)
1 10√3𝑚𝑚
2 10m
3 25√3𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2
4 300
5 4m
6 5m
VSA(level-3)
1 600
2 600
3 1:3
4 4√3m
5 17.32m
6 87.6m
SA(Level-1)
1 8√3𝑚𝑚
2 56m
3 16.66m
4 20√3𝑚𝑚
5 (i) 23.1 m & (ii) 16.9 m
6 9√3
𝑚𝑚
5
SA(Level-2)
1 10(1 + √2)𝑚𝑚.
2 100m
3 8.21 m
4 38.97m
5 13m
6 87.6 m
SA(Level-3)
1 200√3 m
2 2.2 m (approx…)
3 30m
4 800√3 m
5 60 metres
6 315.33 m
LA(Level-1)
1 5km
2 7.32m
3 9.5√3𝑚𝑚
LA(Level-2)
1 20m and 34.64m
2 140.83m
3 25.4m
LA(Level-3)
1 r sin φ cosec θ/2
2 50 (3 + √3 ) m.
3 h(tan φ + tan θ)/ (tan φ - tan θ)
Case study based question
1 i)b) 45°(angle of elevation)
ii)d) Distance=24.64m
iii) b) Height of the tower=20√3𝑚𝑚
iv) b) The angle of elevation of the sun, 45°
v) c) angle of depression
2 i)(a) 60°
(ii) (c) 3.7m
(iii) (d) 4.28 m
(iv) (b) 2.14 m
(v) (c) 8.56 m
3 i)a) 1139.4 km
ii) c) 1937 km
iii) b) 577.52 km
iv) b) 45°
v) c) 1937 km
4 i)(a) 12√3 m
ii) (c) 12(3-√3)
iii) (d) 36√2 m
iv) (b) 24√3 m
v) (b) 45°
5 a(iv) ; b(ii) ; c(i) ;d (ii) ; e(i)
6 a(iv) ; b(i) ; c(ii) ; d(ii); e (ii)
CHAPTER-10
CIRCLE
IMORTANT POINTS:
1. Circle: A circle is the collection of all those points in a plane which are at a fixed distance from a
fixed point. The fixed point is called the centre and the fixed distance is called the radius of circle.

2. SECANT: A line that intersects a circle at exactly two points is called the secant two a circle.

3. Tangent to a circle: A line that touches a circle at exactly one point is called tangent to the circle.

4. The radius through the point of contact is perpendicular to the tangent to a circle.
5. Theorem : The tangents drawn from the same external point to a circle are equal in length.( Proof to be

prepared). Here AB=AC.

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQ’s)

1. If two circles intersect at two distinct points, what is the number of common
tangents?
(a)1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

2. If a regular hexagon is inscribed in a circle of radius r, then its perimeter is


(a) 6r (b) 8r (c) 9r (d) 12r

3. QP is a tangent to a circle with centre O at a point P on the circle. If ∆OPQ is


isosceles, then ∠OQR equals
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°

4. From an external point Q, the length of tangent to a circle is 12 cm and the


distance of Q from the centre of circle is 13 cm. The radius of circle (in cm) is
(a) 10 (b) 7 (c) 12 (d) 5

5. If a parallelogram circumscribes a circle, then it is a


(a) square (b) rectangle (c) rhombus (d) none of these

6. Two concentric circles of radii a and b where a>b, the length of a chord of the
larger circle which touches the other circle is
(a) √𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 (b) √𝑎𝑎2 − 𝑏𝑏 2 (c) 2√𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 (d) 2√𝑎𝑎2 − 𝑏𝑏 2

7. A line intersecting a circle in two points is called a …………….


(a) Secant (b) Chord (c) Diameter (d) Tangent

8. Two concentric circles are of radii 5 cm


and 3 cm. The length of the chord of the
larger circle which touches the smaller
circle is:
(a) 8 cm (b) 10 cm
(c) 12 cm (d) 18 cm

9. A circle can have _____parallel tangents at most.


(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) None of these
10. The center of the circle lies on the bisector of angle between the
two…………………….. outside the circle
(a) chords (b) tangents (c) secants (d) none of these

11. Number of tangents to a circle which are parallel to the secant is


(a) one and only one (b) no tangent (c) infinite (d) exactly two tangents

12. The distance between two parallel tangents of a circle is 18 cm, then the radius
of the circle is
(a) 8 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 9 cm (d) 7.5 cm

13. If the angle between two radii of a circle is 110º, then the angle between the
tangents at the ends of the radii is:
(a) 90° (b) 50° (c) 70° (d) 40°

14. The tangent to a circle is …………………………………. to the radius through


the point of contact.
(a) parallel (b) perpendicular (c) bisector (d) perpendicular
bisector

15. A circle has a number of tangents equal to


(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) infinite

Assertion and Reason based questions:


(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct
explanation of assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct
explanation of assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true

16. . Assertion: The two tangents are drawn to a circle from an external point, then
they subtend equal angles at the centre.
Reason: A parallelogram circumscribing a circle is a rhombus.

17. . Assertion: PA and PB are two tangents of a circle with centre O. Such that
∠AOB = 110°, then ∠APB = 90°.

Reason: The length of two tangents drawn from an external point are equal

18. Assertion: perpendicular bisectors of two chords of a circle intersect at its centre.
Reason: A line drawn through the centre of a circle to bisect a chord is
perpendicular to the chord.

19. Assertion: If the length of a tangent from an external point to a circle is 8 cm,
then length of the other tangent from the same point is 8cm.
Reason: Length of the tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are
equal.
20. Assertion: Angles in the same segment of a circle are equal.
Reason: In cyclic quadrilateral, opposite angles are supplementary.

ANSWERS TO MCQ’s

1.(b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c)


6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11.(d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (d)
16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b)

VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS

1. If a point P is 17 cm from the centre of a


circle of radius 8 cm, then find the length
of the tangent drawn to the circle from
point P.

2. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral. If ∠BAC = 50° and


∠DBC = 60° then find ∠BCD.
Solution:

3.
The quadrilateral ABCD circumscribes a
circle with centre O. If ∠AOB = 115°, then
find ∠COD.

4. The length of tangent from an external


point P on a circle with centre O is always
less than OP. Explain.

5. Prove that if angle between two tangents drawn from a point P to a circle of radius
‘a’ and centre O is 90°, then OP = a√2.

6. PA and PB are tangents to the circle drawn


from an external point P. CD is the third
tangent touching the circle at Q. If PA = 15
cm, find the perimeter of ∆PCD.

SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS


7. If an angle between two tangents drawn from a point P to a circle of radius ‘a’ and
centre O is 60°, then prove that AP = a√3

8. In the figure common tangents AB and CD to two circles with centre O and ‘OI
intersects at E. Prove that AB = CD.

9.

XY and X’Y’ are two parallel tangents to a circle with centre O and another tangent
AB with point of contact C, intersecting XY at A and X’Y’ at B, is drawn. Prove that
∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴=90°.

10.
In figure, O is the centre of a circle. PT
and PQ are tangents to the circle from an
external point P. If ∠TPQ = 70°, find
∠TRQ.

11.

Two tangents TP and TQ are drawn to a circle with centre O from an external point T.
Prove that ∠PTQ=2∠OPQ.

12.

In the given figure, BOA is a diameter


of a circle and the tangent at a point P
meets BA when produced at T. If
∠PBO = 30°, what is the measure of
∠APT?

LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS


13. Let ‘s’ denote the semi-perimeter of a triangle ABC in
which BC = a, CA = b, AB = c. If a circle touches the
sides BC, CA, AB at D, E, F, respectively, prove that BD
= s – b.

14. Prove that the tangent drawn at the mid-point of an arc of a circle is parallel to the
chord joining the endpoints of the arc.
15. PQ is a tangent at a point C to a circle with centre
O. If AB is a diameter and ∠CAB = 30°, find ∠PCA.

1. CASE STUDY-1(PLAYGROUND)

Varun has been selected by his School to design logo for Sports Day T-shirts for
students and staff. The logo design is as given in the figure and he is working on the
fonts and different colours according to the theme. In given figure, a circle with centre
O is inscribed in a ΔABC, such that it touches the sides AB, BC and CA at points D, E
and F respectively. The lengths of sides AB, BC and CA are 12 cm, 8 cm and 10 cm
respectively.

1. Find the length of AD


(a) 7cm (b) 8cm (c) 5 cm (d) 9cm

2. Find the Length of BE


(a) 8 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 2 cm (d) 9 cm

3. Find the length of CF


(a) 9 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 2 cm (d) 3 cm

4. If radius of the circle is 4cm, Find the area of


ΔOAB
(a) 20 (b) 36 (c) 24 (d) 48

5. Find area of ΔABC


(a) 50 cm2 (b) 60 cm2 (c) 100 cm2 (d) 90 cm2

2. CASE STUDY-1(PLAYGROUND)
A playground is in the shape of a triangle with right angle at B, AB = 3m and BC =
4m. A pit
was dig inside it such that it touches the walls AC, BC and AB at P, Q and R,
respectively such that AP = 𝑥𝑥 m.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) The value of AR =


(a) 2𝑥𝑥 m (b) 𝑥𝑥 / 2 m (c) 𝑥𝑥 m (d) 3 𝑥𝑥 m

(ii)The value of CQ=


(a) 2 𝑥𝑥 m (b) (3- 𝑥𝑥) m (c) (2- 𝑥𝑥) m (d) 4 𝑥𝑥 m

(iii) The value of CQ=


(a) (4 + 𝑥𝑥) m (b) (5 − 𝑥𝑥) m (c) (1 + 𝑥𝑥) m (d) Both (b) and (c)

(iv) Which of the following is correct?


(a) Quadrilateral AROP is a square (b) Quadrilateral BROQ is a square
(c) Quadrilateral CQOP is a square (d) None of the above

(v) Radius of the pit is


(a) 1 m (b) 3 m (c) 4 m (d) 5 m

3.
A Ferris wheel (or a big wheel in the United Kingdom) is an amusement ride consisting
of a rotating upright wheel with multiple passengers carrying components (commonly
referred to as passenger cars, cabins, tubs, capsules, gondolas, or pods) attached to the
rim in such a way that as the wheel turns, they are kept upright, usually by gravity.
After taking a ride in Ferris wheel, Aarti came out from the crowd and was observing
her friends who were enjoying the ride. She was curious about the different angles and
measures that the wheel will form. She forms the figure as given below.

(i) In the given figure find ∠ROQ.


(A) 60° (B) 100° (C) 150° (D) 90°

(ii) Find ∠RQP.


(A) 75° (B) 60° (C) 30° (D) 90°

(iii) Find ∠RSQ.


(A) 60° (B) 75° (C) 100° (D) 30°

(iv) Find ∠ORP.


(A) 90° (B) 70° (C) 100° (D) 60°

(v) If PQ=40m and OQ=30m then PO=


(A) 50m (B) 60m (C) 70m (D) 80m

4.
A student draws two circles that touch each other externally at point K with centres A
and B and radii 6 cm and 4cm, respectively as shown in the figure
Based on the above information, answer the following questions.

(i) The value of PA =


(a) 10 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 13 cm (d) Can’t be determined

(ii) The value of BQ=


(a) 4 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 18 cm

(iii) The value of PK =


(a) 13 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 16 cm (d) 18 cm

(iv) The value of QY =


(a) 2 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 1 cm (d) 3 cm

(v) If two circles touch externally, then the number of common tangents can be drawn
is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) None of these

5. People of village want to construct a road nearest to the circular village Parli. The road
cannot pass through the village. But the people want the road should be at the shortest
distance from the center of the village. Suppose the road start from point O which is
outside the circular village and touch the boundary of the circular village at point A
such that OA = 20 m. And also, the straight distance of the point O from the center C
of the village is 25 m.
i. Find the shortest distance of the road from the centre of the village
(a) 15m b) 14m (c) 13m (d) 12m

ii. Which method should be applied to find the shortest distance?


(a) Concept of tangent to a circle (b) Pythagoras theorem
(c)Both a and b (d) None of these
iii. If a point is inside the circle, how many tangents can be drawn from that point
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

iv. Number of common tangents can be drawn to two circles which do not intersect
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 1

v. If we draw two tangents at the end of the diameter, these tangents are always
(a) Parallel (b) perpendicular (c) coincident (d) None of these

6.
In an international school in Hyderabad organized an Interschool Throwball
Tournament for girls just after the pre-board exam. The throw ball team was very
excited. The team captains Anjali directed the team to assemble in the ground for
practices. Only three girls Priyanshi, Swetha and Aditi showed up. The rest did not
come on the pretext of preparing for pre-board exam. Anjali drew a circle of radius 5 m
on the ground. The centre A was the position of Priyanshi. She marked a point N, 13 m
away from centre A as her own position. From the point N, she drew two tangential
lines NS and NR and gave positions S and R to Swetha and Aditi. Anjali throws the
ball to Priyanshi, Priyanshi throws it to Swetha, Swetha throws it to
Anjali, Anjali throws it to Aditi, Aditi throws it to Priyanshi, Priyanshi throws it to
Swetha and so on.

(i) What is the measure of ∠NSA?


(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°

ii. Find the distance between Swetha and Aditi


(a) 8m (b) 12m (c) 15m (d) 18 m

iii. How far does Priyanshi have to throw the ball towards Aditi?
(a) 18m (b) 15m (c) 12m (d) 8 m

iv. If ∠SNR is equal to 𝜃𝜃, then which of the following is true?


(a) ∠ANS=90°- 𝜃𝜃 (b) ∠SAN=90°- 𝜃𝜃
(c) ∠RAN=90°- 𝜃𝜃 (d) ∠RAS=180°- 𝜃𝜃

v. If ∠SNR is equal to 𝜃𝜃, then ∠NAS is equal to?


(a) 90°- (𝜃𝜃/2) (b) 180°- 2𝜃𝜃 (c) 90°- 𝜃𝜃 (d) 90°+ 𝜃𝜃

Multiple choice Answers.


1.(b) 2. (a), 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c)
6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11.(d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (d)
16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b)

Solutions: very short answer type


1.
OA ⊥ PA (∵ radius is ⊥ to tangent at point of
contact)
∴ In ∆OAP, we have
PO2 = PA2 + AO2
⇒ (17)2 = (PA)2 + (8)2
(PA)2 = 289 – 64 = 225
⇒ PA = √225 = 15
Hence, the length of the tangent from point P is
15 cm.

2.
Here ∠BDC = ∠BAC = 50° (angles in same segment are equal)
In ABCD, we have
∠BCD = 180° – (∠BDC + ∠DBC)
= 180° – (50° + 60°) = 70°

3.
∵ ∠AOB = ∠COD (vertically opposite angles)
∴ ∠COD = 115°

4.
let PQ be the tangent from the external point P.
Then ∆PQO is always a right-angled triangle with OP as the hypotenuse. So, PQ is always
less than OP.
5.
True, let PQ and PR be the tangents
Since ∠P = 90°, so ∠QOR = 90°
Also, OR = OQ = a

∴ PQOR is a square

6.
∵ PA and PB are tangent from same external point
∴ PA = PB = 15 cm
Now, Perimeter of ∆PCD = PC + CD + DP = PC + CQ + QD + DP
= PC + CA + DB + DP
= PA + PB = 15 + 15 = 30 cm

Short answer type solutions:

7.
ΔAOP≅ΔBOP, ∠APO=30°, use tan 30° in ΔAOP

8.
AE=EC and DE=BE (lengths of tangents are equal)
AB=AE+EB = EC+DE=CD
9.

Consider the problem


Let us join point O to C
In ΔOPA and ΔOCA
OP=OC (Radii of the same circle)
AP=AC (Tangent from point A)
AO=AO (Common side)
ΔOPA≅ΔOCA (SSS congruence criterion)

Therefore, P↔C, A↔A, O↔O

∠POA=∠COA.........(1)
Similarly,
∠QOB≅∠OCB
∠QOB=∠COB.........(2)
Since, POQ is a diameter of the circle, it is a straight line.
Therefore, ∠POA+∠COA+∠COB+∠QOB=180∘
So, from equation (1) and equation (2)
2∠COA+2∠COB=180° ,
=∠COA+∠COB=90°
=∠AOB=90°

10.
Here, O is the centre of circle.
PQ and PT are tangents to the circle from a point P
R is any point on the circle. RT and RQ are joined.
∠TPQ=70°
Now,
Join TO and QO
∠TOQ=180°−70°=110°
Here, OQ and OT are perpendicular on QP and TP.
∠TOQ is on the centre and ∠TRQ is on the rest part.
∠TRQ=1/2∠TOQ=1/2(110°) =55°
Therefore, ∠TRQ=55°
11.

PTQ= 180-∠POQ=180-(180-2∠OPQ) =2∠OPQ

12.
Given, BOA is a diameter of a circle
∠OPT = 90°, ∠BPA = 90°
∠PBA + ∠PAB + ∠BPA = 180°
From the figure,
∠PBA = 30°

30° + ∠PAB + 90° = 180°


120° + ∠PAB = 180°
∠PAB = 180° - 120°
∠PAB = 60°
We know that ∠PAB = ∠OAP = 60°
From the figure,
OP = OA = OB = radius
In triangle OPA,
∠OPA = ∠OAP
Also, ∠OPT = ∠OPA + ∠APT
90° = 60° + ∠APT
∠APT = 90° - 60°
∠APT = 30°
Therefore, the measure of angle APT is equal to 30°

LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS


14.
In the figure, C is the midpoint of the minor arc PQ, O is the center of the
circle and AB is tangent to the circle through point C.

We have to show the tangent drawn at the midpoint of the arc PQ of a circle is
parallel to the chord joining the end points of the arc PQ.

We will show PQ∥


It is given that C is the midpoint point of the arc PQ.

So, arc PC=arc CQ ⇒ PC=CQ ⇒ △PQC is an isosceles triangle.

Thus, the perpendicular bisector of the side PQ of △PQC passes through vertex C.

The perpendicular bisector of a chord passes through the center of the circle.

So the perpendicular bisector of PQ passes through the center O of the circle.

Thus perpendicular bisector of PQ passes through the points O and C.

therefore, PQ⊥OC
AB is the tangent to the circle through the point C on the circle.

Therefore, AB ⊥OC

The chord PQ and the tangent PQ of the circle are perpendicular to the same line OC.
PQ∥AB.

15.
Since, TMT’ is a tangent line.∠AMT = ∠MBA {angles in alternate segment are equal}
Thus, ∠AMT = ∠MAB {from (i)} But ∠AMT and ∠MAB are alternate angles, which is possible only when
AB || TMT’ ⇒ the tangent drawn at the mid-point of an arc of a circle is parallel to the chord joining the
endpoints of the arc.

Case Based study solutions:


CASE QUESTIONS
BASED
STUDY
NUMBER
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v)
1. (a) 7 (b) 5 (d) 3 (c) 24 (b) 60
2. (c) 𝑥𝑥 𝑚𝑚 (b) (3 − 𝑥𝑥) 𝑚𝑚 (d) both (a) (b) Quadrilateral (a) 1 m
and (b) BROQ is a square
3. (C) 150° (a) 75° (b) 75° (d) 90° (a) 50 m
4. (a) 10 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 16cm (c) 1cm (c) 3
5. (a) 15m (c) both a and b (a) 0 (c) 4 (a) parallel
6. (d) 90° (b) 12m (a) 12m (d) ∠RAS=180°- (a)90°- 𝜃𝜃/2
𝜃𝜃
CHAPTER-12
Areas Related to Circles

IMPORTANT FORMULAS & CONCEPTS

Perimeter and Area of a Circle


1. Perimeter/circumference of a circle = 𝜋𝜋 × diameter
= 𝜋𝜋 × 2𝑟𝑟
= 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋

(where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the circle)


2. Area of a circle= 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2,

22
where 𝜋𝜋 = 7

Areas of Sector and Segment of a Circle:

𝜃𝜃
1. Area of the sector of angle 𝜃𝜃 = 360∘ × 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2, where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the circle and 𝜃𝜃 is the central
angle of the sector in degrees.
𝜃𝜃
2. Length of an arc of a sector = 360∘ × 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋, where 𝑟𝑟 is the radius of the circle and 𝜃𝜃 is the angle of
the sector in degrees
3. Area of the segment APB = Area of the sector OAPB - Area of △ OAB
𝜃𝜃 1
= ∘
× 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 − 𝑟𝑟 2 sin 𝜃𝜃
360 2
4. Area of the major sector OAQB = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 - Area of the minor sector OAPB
5. Area of major segment AQB = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 - Area of the minor segment APB
6. Area of segment of a circle = Area of the corresponding sector - Area of the corresponding
triangle
22
Note: Take 𝜋𝜋 = 7 wherever required if not stated.

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQ’s)

Q.1 The area of a circular ring formed by two concentric circles whose radii are 5.7cm and 4.3cm
respectively is (Take 𝜋𝜋 = 3.14)
(a) 44 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (b) 66 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2
(c) 22 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (d) 33 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2

Q.2 The area of the circle that can be inscribed in a square of side 6cm is:
(a) 36𝜋𝜋 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (b) 18𝜋𝜋 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2
(c) 12𝜋𝜋 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (d) 9𝜋𝜋 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2

Q.3 In a circle of radius 14cm , an arc subtends an angle of 45° at the centre then the area of the
sector is:
(a) 71 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (b) 76 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2
(c) 77 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (d) 154 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2

Q.4 A race track is in the form of the ring whose inner and outer circumference are 484m and
528m respectively. The area of the track is:
(a) 3542 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (b) 3542 𝑚𝑚2
(c) 9870 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 2
(d) None of these

Q.5 If the sum of the areas of two circles with radii R1 and R2 is equal to the area of a circle of
radius R, then
(a) 𝑅𝑅1 + 𝑅𝑅2 = 𝑅𝑅 (b) 𝑅𝑅12 + 𝑅𝑅22 = 𝑅𝑅 2
(c) 𝑅𝑅1 + 𝑅𝑅2 < 𝑅𝑅 (d) 𝑅𝑅12 + 𝑅𝑅22 < 𝑅𝑅 2

Q.6 If the sector of a circle of the diameter 10cm subtends an angle of 144° at the centre, then the
length of the arc of the sector is:
(a) 2𝜋𝜋 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (b) 4𝜋𝜋 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
(c) 25 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 (d) 6𝜋𝜋 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐

Q.7 If the circumference of a circle increases from 4𝜋𝜋 to 8𝜋𝜋, then its area is:
(a) Halved (b) Doubled
(c) Tripled (d) Quadrupled

Q.8 Area of the largest triangle that can be inscribed in a semi-circle of radius r units is:
(a) 𝑟𝑟 2 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠. 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 (b) 3𝑟𝑟 2 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠. 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
(c) 2𝑟𝑟 2 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠. 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 (d) 4𝑟𝑟 2 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠. 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢

Q.9 The length of the minute hand of a clock is 14cm. The area swept by minute hand in 5
minutes is:
(a) 41.33 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (b) 61.33 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2
(c) 51.33 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 2
(d) 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒

Q.10 A wheel has diameter 84cm. Number of complete revolutions taken by it to cover 792m are:
(a) 600 (b) 400
(c) 350 (d) 300

Q.11 The circumference of two circles are in the ratio 2:3. The ratio of their areas is:
(a) 9:4 (b) 2:3
(c) 4:9 (d) None of these
Q.12 The area of a sector of a circle of radius 5cm is 5𝜋𝜋 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 . Angle contained by the sector is:
(a) 72° (b) 45°
(c) 55° (d) 60°

Q.13 A chord of a circle of radius 10cm subtends a right angle at the centre. Area of minor
segment is:
(a) 20.5 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (b) 30.5 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2
(c) 28.5 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 2
(d) 35.5 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2

Q.14 The wheel of a motor cycle is of radius 35cm. How many revolutions per minute must the
wheel make so as to keep a speed of 66km/h:
(a) 450 (b) 390
(c) 530 (d) 500
Q.15 A piece of wire 20cm long is bent into the form of an arc of a circle subtending an angle of
60° at its centre. The radius of the circle is:
(a) 60cm (b) 120cm
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
(c) 𝝅𝝅 (d) None of these
In the following questions (16-20), a statement of assertion (A) is followed by a statement of
reason (R). Mark the correct choice as:
(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of
assertion (A).
(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation
of assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.
Q.16 Assertion: If the circumference of a circle is 176cm, then its radius is 28cm.
Reason: Circumference 2𝜋𝜋 × 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

Q17 Assertion: A wire is looped in the form of a circle of radius 28cm. It is bent into a square,
then the area of the square is 1936 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 .
Reason: Angle described by a minute hand in 60 minutes = 360°.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

Q.18 Assertion: If the outer and inner diameter of a circular path is 10m and 6m then the area of
the path is 16𝜋𝜋 𝑚𝑚2 .
Reason: If R and r be the radius of outer and inner circular path = 𝜋𝜋(𝑅𝑅 2 − 𝑟𝑟 2 ).
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

Q.19 Assertion: A bicycle wheel makes 50000 revolutions in covering 11km. Then diameter of
the wheel is 35cm.
𝜃𝜃 1
Reason: Area of segment of a circle is 360° 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 − 2 𝑟𝑟 2 sin 𝜃𝜃.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

Q.20 Assertion: If a wire of length 22cm is bent in the shape of a circle, then area of the circle so
formed is 40 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 .
Reason: Circumference of the circle = length of the wire
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Ans. 1(a), 2(d), 3(c), 4(b), 5(b), 6(b), 7(d), 8(a), 9(c), 10(d), 11(c), 12(a),
13(c), 14(d), 15(c), 16(a), 17(d), 18(a), 19(d),20(d).

VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE (VSA) (2 MARKS)

LEVEL-1

1) The radii of two circles are 19 cm and 9 cm, respectively. Find the radius of the circle
which has a circumference equal to the sum of the circumferences of the two circles. (28
cm)
2) The radii of two circles are 8 cm and 6 cm, respectively. Find the radius of the circle
having area equal to the sum of the areas of the two circles. (10 cm)
3) Find the area of a quadrant of a circle whose circumference is 22 cm. (38.5155 cm²)
4) A piece of wire 22 cm long is bent into the form an arc of a circle subtending an angle of
60 degree at its centre. Find the radius of the circle. Use (π = 22/7) (21 cm)
5) A chord of a circle of radius 15 cm subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find the areas
of the corresponding minor and major segments of the circle. (20.4375 cm2 and 686.0625
cm2)
6) Calculate the perimeter of an equilateral triangle if it inscribes a circle whose area is 154
cm2
(72.66 cm square)

LEVEL-2

1) The area of a circular play ground is 22176 cm2 . Find the cost of fencing this ground at
the rate of 50 per metre. (Rs. 26400.)
2) A horse is tethered to one corner of a rectangular field of dimensions 70 m m # 52 , by a
rope of length 21 m. How much area of the field can it graze? (3293.5 m square)
3) Find the area of the corresponding major sector of a circle of radius 28 cm and the
central angle 45 degree. (308 cm2)
4) If the difference between the circumference and the radius of a circle is 37 cm, then
using (π = 22/7) , find the circumference (in cm) of the circle. (44cm)
5) In given figure arcs are drawn by taking vertices A,B and C of an equilateral triangle of
side 10 cm, to intersect the side BC , CA and AB at their respective mid-points D E, and F .
Find the area of the shaded region.(Use π = 3 1. 4). (39.25

cm2)
6) The length of the minute hand of a clock is 14 cm. Find the area swept by the minute
hand in 5 minutes. (51.33 cm2)

LEVEL-3

1) The areas of two circles are in the ratio 9 : 4, then what is the ratio of their
circumferences? (3 / 2)
2) The perimeter of a sector of a circle with radius 6.5 cm is 31 cm, then find the area of the
sector. (58.5 cm2)
3) The perimeter of a sector of a circle of radius 5.2 cm is 16.4 cm. Find the area of the
sector. (15.6 cm2)
4) If the perimeter of a protractor is 72 cm, calculate its area using (π = 22/7) (14 cm)
5) The wheel of a motorcycle is of radius 35 cm. How many revolutions are required to
travel a distance of 11 m? (5 revolution)
6) The diameters of the front and rear wheels of a tractor are 80 cm and 200 cm
respectively. Find the number of revolutions of rear wheel to cover the distance which the
front wheel covers in 1400 revolutions. (560 revolutions)
SHORT ANSWER TYPE (SA) (3 MARKS)

LEVEL-1

1) Find the area of minor segment of a circle of radius 14 cm, when its centre angle is 60c.
Also find the area of corresponding major segment. Use (π = 22/7) (102.67cm2 and
513.33cm2)
2) In the given figure, a chord AB of the circle with centre O and radius 10 cm, that
subtends a right angle at the centre of the circle. Find the area of the minor segment AQBP.
Hence find the area of major segment ALBQA. (28.5 cm2 and 285.5

cm2)
3) In a circle of radius 21 cm, an arc subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find:
(i) the length of the arc
(ii) area of the sector formed by the arc
(iii) area of the segment formed by the corresponding chord (22 cm, 231 cm2 and (231 - 441√3/4)
cm2)
4) To warn ships for underwater rocks, a lighthouse spreads a red coloured light over a sector of angle
80° to a distance of 16.5 km. Find the area of the sea over which the ships are warned. (189.97 km2.)
LEVEL-2

1) In Figure, PQ and AB are two arcs of concentric circles of radii 7 cm and 3.5 cm
respectively, with centre O. If angle POQ = 30 degree, then find the area of shaded region.

(9.625cm2.)
2) Find the area of minor segment of a circle of radius 14 cm, when its centre angle is 120
degree. (33cm2.)
3) A brooch is made with silver wire in the form of a circle with diameter 35 mm. The wire is also
used in making 5 diameters which divide the circle into 10 equal sectors as shown in Fig. Find:

(i) the total length of the silver wire required.


(ii) the area of each sector of the brooch. (285 mm and 96.25 mm2)
4) An umbrella has 8 ribs which are equally spaced. Assuming the umbrella to be a flat
circle of radius 45 cm, find the area between the two consecutive ribs of the umbrella.

( 795.535 cm2.)
5) A horse is tied to a peg at one corner of a square shaped grass field of side 15 m by means of a5
m long rope (see Fig. 12.11). Find
(i) the area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze.
(ii) the increase in the grazing area if the rope were 10 m long instead of 5 m. (Use π = 3.14) (78.5m2
and 58.875m2)

LEVEL-3

1) A road which is 7 m wide surrounds a circular park whose circumference is 88 m. Find


the area of the road. (770m2)
2) Three horses are tied each with 7 m long rope at three corners of a triangular field having
sides 20 m, 34 m and 42 m. Find the area of the plot which can be grazed by the horses. (77
m2)
3) In fig. APB and AQP are semi-circle, and AO = OB . If the perimeter of the figure is 47
cm, find the area of the shaded region
(115.5 cm2)
4) A car has two wipers which do not overlap. Each wiper has a blade of length 25 cm
sweeping through an angle of 115°. Find the total area cleaned at each sweep of the blades.
(1254.96 cm2.)

LONG ANSWER TYPE (LA)


(5 marks each)
Q.1 A bucket is raised from a well by means of a rope which is wound round a wheel of diameter 77 cm.
If bucket ascends in 1 minute 28 seconds with a uniform speed of 1.1m/s, calculate the number of
complete revolutions the wheel makes in raising the bucket.
Ans. 4
Q.2 Prove that the area of a circular path of uniform width ℎ surrounding a circular region of radius 𝑟𝑟 is
𝜋𝜋ℎ(2𝑟𝑟 + ℎ).
Q.3 In a circle of radius 21cm, an arc subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find (i) the length of the
minor arc, (ii) the area of the sector, (iii) the area of the minor segment, (iv) the area of the major
segment, (v) the length of the major arc.
Ans. (i) 22cm (ii) 231 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (iii) 41.37 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (iv) 1344.63 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐2 (v) 110cm

Case Study Based Questions(CBQ’s) 4 marks each

QUESTION 1 Jawaharlal Nehru stadium is conducting the annual sports competition soon. The curator
of the stadium is tasked to figuring out the dimensions for carving out some areas allotted for a hockey
court and a shooting range, as shown in the figure below.
The shapes of the hockey court and the shooting range are square and triangle respectively. Both of the
courts have a common edge that touches the centre of stadium. The construction of the shooting range is
such that the angle to centre is 90°. The radius of the stadium is 200 metres.

i. What is the area allotted to shooting range ?


ii. What is the area allotted to hockey court ?
iii. If the team of the curators managing the stadium, likes to allot space for some more sports, how much
area is available to them?
OR
If the cost of fencing is Rs 6 per metre, what is the total cost of fencing ?

QUESTION 2
Traditional Japanese Fans : Japanese fans are made of paper on a bamboo frame, usually with a design
painted on them. A Japanese Fan symbolises friendship, respect and good wishes and are given on special
occasions, as well as to help cool you down in hot weather. The fan is an immediately recognizable icon
of Japanese culture. Today they remain an important artistic medium and stylish fashion accessory.

Lavanya hold a Japanease folding fan in her hand as shown in figure. It is shapded like a sector of a
circle. The inner and outer raddi are 14 cm and 21 cm. The fan has three colour material.
(i) If the region containing the pink colour makes an angle of θ2 = 72° at the centre, then find the area of
the region having pink colour.
(ii) If the region containing the orange colour makes an angle of θ1 = 54° at the centre, then find the area
of the region having orange colour.
(iii)If the region containing the red colour makes an angle of θ3 = 45° at the centre, then find the
perimeter of the region having red colour.
OR
Find the area of the region having radius 14 cm.

QUESTION 3
Motion Detector : A motion sensor (or motion detector) is an electronic device that is designed to detect
and measure movement. Motion sensors are used primarily in home and business security systems, but
they can also be found in phones, paper towel dispensers, game consoles, and virtual reality systems.

A motion detector can detect movement up to 24 m away through an angle of θ = 70°.


(i) Find area if angle is 60°
(ii) What angle is required to monitor 50% more area?
(iii) For θ = 91° what range is required for the detector to monitor 30% more area?
OR
What area can the motion detector monitor?
QUESTION 4
Barn : A barn is an agricultural building usually on farms and used for various purposes. A barn refers to
structures that house livestock, including cattle and horses, as well as equipment and fodder, and often
grain.
Ramkaran want to build a barn at his farm. He has made a design for it which is shown above. Here roof
is arc of a circle of radius r at centre O.

(i) What is the value of radius of arc ?


(ii) What is the curved width of roof ?
(iii) What is area of cross section of barn ?
OR
If the length of the barn is 12 meters, what is the curved surface area of roof?
QUESTION 5
Tunnel : The tunnels are defined as the underground passages that are used for the transportation
purposes. These permit the transmission of passengers and freights, or it may be for the transportation of
utilities like water, sewage or gas etc. The tunnel engineering is one of the most interesting disciplines in
engineering. The work is complex and difficult throughout its course, even though it is interesting.

Earth is excavated to make a road tunnel. The tunnel is a cylinder of radius 7 m and length 450 m. A level
surface is laid inside the tunnel to make road. Figure shows the circular cross - section of the tunnel. The
level surface is represented by AB , the centre of the circle is O and angle AOB = 90°. The space below
AB is filled with rubble (debris from the demolition buildings).
Steel girders are erected above the tracks to strengthen the tunnel. The girders are erected at 6 m intervals
along the length of the tunnel, with one at each end.
(i) What is the cross section area of tunnel before filling debris on ground plane ?
(ii) What is the area of cross section of tunnel after filling debris on ground plane?
(iii) What is the length of each girder ?
OR
How many girders are erected ?
QUESTION 6
Swimming Pool : A swimming pool or simply pool is a structure designed to hold water to enable
swimming or other leisure activities. Pools can be built into the ground (in-ground pools) or built above
ground. In-ground pools are most commonly constructed from materials such as concrete, natural stone,
metal, plastic, or fiberglass, and can be of a custom size and shape or built to a standardized size, the
largest of which is the Olympic-size swimming pool.

The area of a circular pool is 616 square metre. The owner wants to replace the tiling at the edge of the
pool.
(i) What is radius of circle.
(ii) What is circumference of pool.
(iii) The edging is 25 cm wide, so she plans to use 6-inch square tiles to form a continuous inner edge.
How many tiles will she need to purchase?
OR
Once the square tiles are in place around the pool, there will be extra space between the tiles. What shape
of tile will best fill this space? How many tiles of this shape should she purchase?
Ans key
Long question
1. 3260 square meter 2. 428.75 square meter 3. 12.375 cm square
Case study

1 i) 20000 square meter ii) 20000 square meter iii)85600 square meter or 1200(2+3√2)
2 i) 154 cm square ii)115.5 cm square iii)41.5 cm or 292.6 cm square
3. i) 301.71 square meter ii) 105 iii)24m or 352 square meter
4. i)4√2m ii)2π√2m iii)8(6+π) or 24√2π square meter
5. i) 154 square meter ii)140 square meter iii)33m or 76
6. i)14m ii)176m iii)704 or Triangle and 704
CHAPTER-13
SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

Important Formula:

Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ’s)


1. If a marble of radius 2.1 cm is put into a cylindrical cup full of water of radius 5cm and height 6 cm,
then how much water flows out of the cylindrical cup?
(A) 38.8 cm3 (B) 55.4 cm3 (C) 19.4 cm3 (D) 471.4 cm3

2. The volume of the largest right circular cone that can be cut out from a cube of edge 4.2 cm is
(A) 9.7 cm3 (B) 77.6 cm3 (C) 58.2 cm3 (D) 19.4 cm3

3. A cylindrical pencil sharpened at one edge is the combination of


(A) a cone and a cylinder (B) frustum of a cone and a cylinder
(B) a hemisphere and a cylinder (D) two cylinders.

4. A surahi is the combination of


(A) a sphere and a cylinder (B) a hemisphere and a cylinder
(C) two hemispheres (D) a cylinder and a cone
5. A medicine-capsule is in the shape of a cylinder of diameter 0.5 cm with two hemispheres stuck to
each of its ends. The length of entire capsule is 2 cm. The capacity of the capsule is
(A) 0.36 cm3 (B) 0.34 cm3 (C) 0.33 cm3 (D) 0.32 cm3

6. If two solid hemispheres of same base radius r are joined together along their bases, then curved
surface area of this new solid is
(A) 4πr2 (B) 6πr2 (C) 3πr2 (D) 8πr2

7. Volumes of two spheres are in the ratio 64:27. The ratio of their surface areas is
(A) 3 : 4 (B) 4 : 3 (C) 9 : 16 (D) 16 : 9

8. The radius of the base of a cone is 5 cm and its height is 12 cm. Its curved surface area is
(a) 60π cm2 (b) 65π cm2 (c) 30π cm2 (d) None of these

9. The diameter of the base of a cone is 42 cm and its volume is 12936 cm3. Its height is
(a) 28 cm (b) 21 cm (c) 35 cm (d) 14 cm

10. The radii of the base of a cylinder and a cone are in the ratio 3 : 4. If their heights are in the ratio 2 :
3, the ratio between their volumes is
(a) 9 : 8 (b) 3 : 4 (c) 8 : 9 (d) 4 : 3

11. The shape of a gilli, in the gilli-danda game (fig. above), is a combination of
(a) two cylinders (b) a cone and a cylinder
(c) two cones and a cylinder (d) two cylinders and a cone

12. The total surface area of a hemisphere of radius 7 cm is


(a) 588π cm2 (b) 392π cm2 (c) 147π cm2 (d) 98π cm2

13. If each edge of a cube is increased by 50%, the percentage increase in the surface area is
(a) 50% (b) 75% (c) 100% (d) 125%

14. The volume of largest sphere that can be cut out from a cube of edge 4.2 cm.
(a) 9.7 cm3 (b) 77.6 cm3 (c) 38.8 cm3 (d) 19.4cm3

15. The barrel of a fountain pen, cylindrical in shape, is 7cm long and 5mm in diameter. A full barrel of
ink in the pen is used up on writing 3300 words on an average. How many words can be written in a a
bottle of ink containing one fifth of a litre?
(a)580000 (b)380000 (c)480000 (d)290000

Direction for questions 16 to 20: In question numbers 16 to 20, a statement of Assertion (A) is followed
by a statement of Reason (R). Choose the correct option.

16. Assertion : Total surface area of the cylinder having radius of the base 14 cm and height 30 cm is
3872 cm2 .
Reason : If r be the radius and h be the height of the cylinder, then total surface area of cylinder = 2πrh
+ 2πr2
a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion
(A).
b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
Assertion (A).
c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

17. Assertion : If the height of a cone is 24 cm and diameter of the base is 14 cm, then the slant height
of the cone is 15 cm.
Reason : If r be the radius and h the slant height of the cone, then slant height l= √(h2 + r2)
a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion
(A).
b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
Assertion (A).
c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

18. Assertion : The radii of two cones are in the ratio 2:3 and their volumes in the ratio 1:3. Then the
ratio of their heights is 3:4
Reason : Volume of the cylinder = πr2h
a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion
(A).
b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
Assertion (A).
c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

19. Assertion : If the radius of a cone is halved and volume is not changed, then height remains same.
Reason : If the radius of a cone is halved and volume is not changed then height must become four
times of the original height.
a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion
(A).
b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
Assertion (A).
c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

20. Assertion: The volume of two sphere are in the ratio 27: 8 then their surface area are in the ratio 9:4 .
Reason: Volume of hemisphere=2/3πr3 and it’s total surface area=3πr2
a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion
(A).
b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of
Assertion (A).
c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

VSA TYPE QUESTION EACH (2 MARKS)

Q.No.1. Two cubes of volume 64 cm3 are joined end to end. Find the surface area of the
Resulting Cuboid.

Q.No.2. A solid is in the shape of a cone surmounted on a hemisphere, the radius of each of
them being 3.5 cm and the total height of the solid is 9.5 cm. Find the volume of the
solid.

Q.No.3. A cone of height 20 cm and radius of base 5 cm is made up modelling clay. A child.
reshapes it in the form of a sphere. Find the diameter of the sphere.
Q.No.4. A right circular cylinder and a cone have equal bases and equal heights. If their
curved surface areas are in the ratio 8:5, show that the ratio between the radius of
their bases to their height is 3:4.

Q.No.5. The volume of a hemisphere is 2425.5 cm3. Find its curved surface area?

Q,No.6. A cubical block of side 7 cm is surmounted by a hemisphere. What is the greatest


diameter the hemisphere can have? Find the surface area of the solid

SA TYPE QUESTION EACH 3 MARKS


Q.No.1. From a solid cylinder whose height is 2.4 cm and diameter 1.4 cm, a conical cavity
of the same height and same diameter is hollowed out. Find the total surface area of
the remaining solid to the nearest cm2 ?

Q.No.2. A solid is in the shape of a cone standing on a hemisphere with both their radii
being equal to 1 cm and the height of the cone is equal to its radius. Find the volume
of the solid in terms of π.

Q.No.3. A metallic sphere of radius 10.5cm is melted and then recast into smaller cones,
each of radius 3.5cm and height 3cm. How many cones are obtained?

Q.No.4. A toy is in the form of a cone of radius 3.5 cm mounted on a hemisphere of same
radius. The total height of the toy is 15.5 cm. Find the total surface area of the toy.

Q.No.5. A medicine capsule is in the shape of a cylinder with two hemispheres stuck to
each of its ends. The length of the entire capsule is 14 mm and the diameter of the
capsule is 5 mm. Find its surface area.

Q.No.6. A wooden article was made by scooping out a hemisphere from each end of a
Solid Cylinder, as shown in fig. 13.11. If the height of the cylinder is 10 cm, and

Long Answer Type Questions:


A. Level 1- (Easy)

1. Two identical cubes each of volume 64 cm3 are joined together end to end. What is the surface area
of the resulting cuboid?

2. Two cones with same base radius 8 cm and height 15 cm are joined together along their bases. Find
the surface area of the shape so formed.
3. A cone of maximum size is carved out from a cube of edge 14 cm. Find the surface area of the cone
and of the remaining solid left out after the cone carved out.

B. Level 2- (Average)

1. Three cubes of a metal whose edges are in the ratio 3:4:5 are melted and converted into a single cube
whose diagonal is 12√3 cm. Find the edges of the three cubes.

2. A mason constructs a wall of dimensions 270cm× 300cm × 350cm with the bricks each of size
22.5cm × 11.25cm × 8.75cm and it is assumed that 1/8 space is covered by the mortar. Find the number
of bricks used to construct the wall.

3. A heap of rice is in the form of a cone of diameter 9 m and height 3.5 m. Find the volume of the rice.
How much canvas cloth is required to just cover the heap?

C. Level 3- (Difficult)

1. A solid toy is in the form of a hemisphere surmounted by a right circular cone. The height of the
cone is 4 cm and the diameter of the base is 8 cm. Determine the volume of the toy. If a cube
circumscribes the toy, then find the difference of the volumes of cube and the toy.

2. A building is in the form of a cylinder surmounted by a hemispherical dome


(see Fig. 12.12). The base diameter of the dome is equal to 2/3 of the total height
1
of the building. Find the height of the building, if it contains 6721 m3 of air.

3. A factory manufactures 120000 pencils daily. The pencils are cylindrical in


shape each of length 25 cm and circumference of base as 1.5 cm. Determine the
cost of colouring the curved surfaces of the pencils manufactured in one day at Rs 0.05 per dm2
CASE STUDY BASED

1.The Great Stupa at Sanchi is one of the oldest stone structures in India, and an important monument
of Indian Architecture. It was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka in the 3rd century BCE.
Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It is a perfect
example of combination of solid figures. A big hemispherical dome with a cuboidal structure mounted
on it. (Take π = 22/7)

(I) Calculate the volume of the hemispherical dome if the height of the dome is 21 m.
a) 19404 m3 b) 2000 m3 c) 15000 m3 d) 19000 m3

(II) The cloth require to cover the hemispherical dome if the radius of its base is 14m is
a) 1222 m2 b) 1232 m2 c) 1200 m2 d) 1400 m2

(III)The total surface area of the combined figure i.e. hemispherical dome with radius 14m and
cuboidal shaped top with dimensions 8m 6m 4m is

a)1200 sq. m b) 1232 sq. m c) 1392 sq. m d) 1932 sq. m

(IV) The formula to find the Volume of Sphere is -

a) 2/3 πr3 b) 4/3 πr3 c) 4 πr2 d) 2 πr2

2. Adventure camps are the perfect place for the children to practice decision making for themselves
without parents and teachers guiding their every move. Some students of a school reached for adventure
at Sakleshpur. At the camp, the waiters served some students with a welcome drink in a cylindrical
glass and some students in a hemispherical cup whose dimensions are shown below. After that they
went for a jungle trek. The jungle trek was enjoyable but tiring. As dusk fell, it was time to take shelter.
Each group of four students was given a canvas of area 551m2. Each group had to make a conical tent
to accommodate all the four students. Assuming that all the stitching and wasting incurred while cutting,
would amount to 1m2 , the students put the tents. The radius of the tent is 7m.
(I). The volume of cylindrical cup is
a) 295.75 cm3 b) 7415.5 cm3 c) 384.88 cm3 d) 404.25 cm3

(II). The volume of hemispherical cup is

a) 179.67 cm3 b) 89.83 cm3 c) 172.25 cm3 d) 210.60 cm3

(III). Which container had more juice and by how much?

a) Hemispherical cup, 195 cm3 b) Cylindrical glass, 207 cm3

c) Hemispherical cup, 280.85 cm3 d) Cylindrical glass, 314.42 cm3

(IV). The height of the conical tent prepared to accommodate four students is

a) 18m b) 10m c) 24m d) 14m

3. Arun a tenth standard student makes a project on corona virus in school for an exhibition in his
school. In this project, he picks a sphere which has volume 38808cm and 11clyindrical shape ,each of
the volume 1540cm with length 10cm.

Based on the above information, answer the following questions;

(I). Diameter of the base of the cylinder is

a) 7cm b) 14 cm c) 12 cm d) 16cm
(II). Diameter of the sphere is

a) 40 cm b) 42 cm c) 21 cm d) 20 cm

(III).Total volume of the shape formed is

a) 85541 cm3 b) 45738 cm3 c) 24625 cm3 d) 55748cm3

(IV). Curved surface area of the one cylindrical shape is:

a) 850 cm2 b)221 cm2 c) 440cm2 d) 540 cm2

4.Meera and Dhara have 12 and 8 coins respectively each of radius 3.5 cm and thickness 0.5 cm. They
place their coins one above the other to form solid cylinders.Based on the above information, answer
the following questions.

(I)Curved surface area of the cylinder made by Meera is


a) 144cm2 b) 132 cm2 c) 154 cm2 d) 142cm2
(II) The ratio of curved surface area of the cylinders made by Meera and Dhara is
a) 2:5 b) 3:2 c) 1:2 d)2:7
(III) The volume of the cylinder made by Dhara is
a)154cm3 b) 144 cm3 c) 132 cm3 d) 142cm3
(IV)
The ratio of the volume of the cylinders made by Meera and Dhara is
a) 2:5 b) 1:2 c) 3:2 d)4:3
5. To make the learning process more interesting, creative and innovative, class teacher brings clay in
the classroom, to teach the topic - Surface Areas and Volumes. With clay, she forms a cylinder of
radius 6 cm and height 8 cm. Then she moulds the cylinder into a sphere and asks some questions to
students.

(I)The radius of the sphere so formed is


a) 4cm b) 6 cm c) 7cm d) 8cm
(II) The volume of the sphere so formed is
a)905.14cm3 b) 903.27cm3 c) 1296.5cm3 d) 1156.63cm3

a) 2:1 b) 1:2 c) 3:1 d)1:1


(IV)Total surface area of the cylinder is
(III)Find the ratio of the volume of sphere to the volume of cylinder
a) 528cm2 b)756 cm2 c) 625cm2 d) 636cm2
6. On a Sunday, your Parents took you to a fair. You could see lot of toys displayed, and you wanted
them to buy a RUBIK’s cube and strawberry ice-cream for you. Observe the figures and answer the
questions:-

(I). The length of the diagonal if each edge measures 6cm is


a) 3√3 b) 3√6 c) √12 d) 6√3
(II). Volume of the solid figure if the length of the edge is 7cm is a)256 cm3
b) 196 cm3 c) 343 cm3 d) 434 cm3
(III). What is the curved surface area of hemisphere (ice cream) if the base radius is 7cm?
a) 309 cm2 b) 308 cm2 c) 803 cm2 d) 903 cm2
(IV). Slant height of a cone if the radius is 7cm and the height is 24 cm___
a) 26cm b) 25 cm c) 52 cm d) 62cm

Answer Key

MCQ
1. (A) 2.(D) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5 (A) 6. (A) 7. (D)
8. (B) 9. (A) 10. ( A) 11.(C) 12. (C) 13. (D) 14. (C) 15. (C)

Assertion and Reason


16. (A) 17. (D) 18. (C) 19. ( D) 20. (B)

VSA
1.160 cm2 2. 166.83 cm2 3. 10 cm

5. 693 cm3 6. Greatest diameter = 7 cm, surface area = 332.5 cm2

SA
1. 17.6 cm2 2. π cm3 3. 126

4. 214.5 cm2 5. 220 m2 6. 374 cm2

Long Answers
Level-1 (Easy)
1. 160 cm2
2. 854.86 cm2
3. 1176 cm2 ; (1022 + 154√5) cm2

Level-2 (Average)
1. 6 cm, 8 cm, 10 cm
2. 11,200
3. 33 m2 ; 80.61 m2

Level-3 (Difficult)
1. 201.14 cm3 ; 310.86 cm3
2. 6 m
3. ₹2250
CASE STUDY BASED
1 (I) a) 19404 m3
(II) b) 1232 m2
(III) c) 1392 sq. m
(IV) b) 4/3 πr3
2 (I) d) 404.25 cm3
(II) b) 89.83 cm3
(III) d) Cylindrical glass, 314.42 cm3
(IV) c) 24m
3 (I) b) 14 cm
(II) b) 42 cm
(III) d) 55748cm3
(IV) c) 440cm2
4 (I) b) 132 cm2
(II) b) 3:2
(III) a)154cm3
(IV) c) 3:2
5 (I) b) 6 cm
(II) a)905.14cm3
(III) d)1:1
(IV) a) 528cm2
6 (I) d) 6√3
(II) c) 343 cm3
(III) b) 308 cm2
(IV) 25 cm
CHAPTER:14
STATISTICS

1): MEAN OF GROUPED DATA

Direct Method: Mean, x =


∑fx i i

∑f i

Assumed mean method : Mean, x= A +


∑ f d where d = x − A
i i

∑f
i i
i

Step Deviation Method: Mean, x= A+


∑ f u where d = x − A
i i i

∑f i h
i

Practice Questions
The following table gives the literacy rate of (in percentage) of 35 cities. Find the mean literacy rate.

Literacy rate 45 - 55 55-65 65-75 75-85 85-95


(in %)

No. of Cities 3 10 11 8 3

Solution: Direct Method


Literacy rate (in %) No. of Cities (𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑖 ) Class Mark (𝑥𝑥𝑖𝑖 ) (𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑖 𝑥𝑥𝑖𝑖 )

45-55 3 50 150
55-65 10 60 600
65-75 11 70 770
75-85 8 80 640
85-95 3 90 270
Total 35 Ʃ𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑖 𝑥𝑥𝑖𝑖 2430

¯ Ʃ𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑖 𝑥𝑥𝑖𝑖 2430


Mean, 𝑥𝑥 = = = 69.43
Ʃ𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑖 35

MODE OF GROUPED DATA

𝑓𝑓1−𝑓𝑓0
Mode = l + �2𝑓𝑓 �×h
1− 𝑓𝑓0−𝑓𝑓2
l = lower limit of the modal class,
h = size of the class interval
𝑓𝑓1 = frequency of the modal class,
𝑓𝑓0 = frequency of the class preceding the modal class
𝑓𝑓2 = frequency of the class succeeding the model class
Modal class is the class with highest frequency
Practice Question:
Find the mode of the given data.

Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50


Frequency 8 16 36 34 6
Solution :
Highest frequency is 36 which belongs to class 20-30
So modal class is 20-30.
𝑙𝑙 = 20 𝑓𝑓0 = 16 f1 = 36 f2 = 34 h = 10
𝑓𝑓1−𝑓𝑓0
Mode = l + �2𝑓𝑓 �×h
1− 𝑓𝑓0−𝑓𝑓2
36−16
= 20 +
2(36)−16−34
× 10
200
Mode= 20 + 22
= 20 + 9.09 = 29.09

Cumulative frequency:
Cumulative of a class is the frequency obtained by adding the frequencies of all the classes preceding the
median class.

Median of Grouped Data;

𝑛𝑛
−𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
Median = l + � 2
𝑓𝑓
�×ℎ

Where l = lower limit of median class,


n = number of observations,
c.f.= cumulative frequency of class preceding the median class,
f = frequency of median class,
h = class size (assuming class size to be equal)

Practice Question:
Given below is a grouped frequency distribution of marks obtained out of 50 by 43 students of class
10.

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50


No of 6 10 12 8 7
students

Solution:

Marks obtained out of 50 No. of students (frequency) Cumulative frequency


0-10 6 6
10-20 10 16
20-30 12 28
30-40 8 36
40-50 7 43
Total n=43

It is not possible to locate the middle observation by simple observation of the cumulative frequency
column.
For this purpose we find the value n/ 2 and then locate the class whose cumulative frequency is
greater than and nearest to the number n/2.
Here n/2 = 43/2 = 21.5, here 20-30 is the class whose cumulative frequency is 28 which is greater
than and nearest to the value 21.5.
THE CLASS WHOSE CUMULATIVE FREQUENCY IS GREATER THAN AND NEAREST
TO THE VALUE n/2 IS CALLED THE MEDIAN CLASS.
n
−cf
Median = l + �2 f � × h

l = 20 n = 43 cf = 16 f = 12 h = 10
43
−16 11 55
median = 20+ � 2 12 � × 10 = 20 + 24 × 10 = 20 + 12

= 20+ 4.58 =24.53


EMPIRICAL FORMULA (Very Important) :

3 Median = Mode + 2 Mean


SHORT ANSWER TYPE (LEVEL-1)

1. For the following frequency distribution:

Class 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60


Frequency 6 5 8 25 20

a. What is the lower limit of frequency 20?


b. Write the class mark of above frequency distribution.
c. What is the upper limit of frequency 5?

2. Answer the following from given data

class interval 15-30 30-45 45-60 60-75 75-90


Frequency 6 18 19 4 11

a. identify the modal class


b. upper limit of modal class
c. frequency of modal class

3. Find the value of x if sum of frequencies is 40.

Class interval Frequency


10-20 5
20-30 8
30-40 15
40-50 X
50-60 10
N=40

4. Find the median, if mean= 20 and mode= 28.

5. Find the mode of the given data.

Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50


Frequency 8 16 36 34 6

6. The following table gives the literacy rate of (in percentage) of 35 cities. Find the mean literacy rate.
Literacy rate 45 - 55 55-65 65-75 75-85 85-95
(in %)
No. of Cities 3 10 11 8 3

Short answer type (level – 2)

1. Find the mean percentage of female teachers of the following data:

% of Female 15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65 65-75 75-85


Teachers
No. of States/UT 6 11 7 4 4 2 1

2. Find the mean of the following data by assumed mean method.


Classes frequency
0.5-5.5 13
5.5-10.5 16
10.5-15.5 22
15.5-20.5 18
20.5-25.5 11

3. A survey regarding the heights in cm. of 50 girls of a class was conducted and the following data was
obtained. Find the mode of the data.

Height( in 120-130 130-140 140-150 150-160 160-170


cm.)

No. of girls 2 8 12 20 8

4. Calculate the median from the following data :


Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
No. of 8 16 36 34 6
students

5. The frequency distribution table of agriculture holdings in a village is given below . Find the mode.

Area Of Land in ha. 1-3 3-5 5-7 7-9 9-11 11-13

No. of families 20 45 80 55 40 12

6. Find the median of following data.


Height(in cm) No. Of students
Less than 120 12
Less than 140 26
Less than 160 34
Less than 180 40
Less than 200 50

LONG ANSWER TYPE

1. If mean of data is 62 find x and y


Class 10-25 25-40 40-55 55-70 70-85 85-100 total
interval

Freq. 2 3 x y 6 6 3
0

2. Find x and y if median is 28.5

Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 total


interval

Freq. 5 x 2 1 y 5 6
0 5 0

23
3. If mode of data is 7
, then find x and y
Class 1-3 3-5 5-7 7-9 9-11 total
interval

Freq. x 8 y 2 1 20

4. The mean of the following frequency distribution is 53. But the frequencies f1 and f2 in the classes
20-40 and 60-80 are missing. Find the missing frequencies.

Class 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 total


interval

Freq. 15 f1 21 f2 17 10
0

5. Find the values of x and y if the median for the following data is 31.
Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 total
interval

Freq. 5 x 6 y 6 5 4
0

6. The frequency distribution table of agriculture holdings in a village is given below . Find the mean
and median.

Area Of 1-3 3-5 5-7 7-9 9-11 11-13


Land in ha.

No. of 20 45 80 55 40 12
families

CASE-STUDY BASED QUESTIONS

1. A group of students decided to make a project on Statistics. They are collecting the life time of neon
lamps from a factory. After collecting the life time data of 400 neon lamps, they arranged the data
in the following frequency distribution table:

Life time (in hrs) Number of


lamps
1500 – 2000 14
2000 – 2500 56
2500 – 3000 60
3000 – 3500 86
3500 – 4000 74
4000 – 4500 62
4500 – 5000 48

(a) What is the lower limit of median class?


(i) 3000 (ii) 3500 (iii) 2500 (iv) 4000

(b) What is the upper limit of modal class?


(i) 3000 (ii) 3500 (iii) 2500 (iv) 4000

(c) What is the mean of lower limit of median and upper limit of modal class? (i) 3000
(ii) 3500 (iii) 3250 (iv) 4250

(d) What is the cf of the class preceding the median class?


(i) 130 (ii) 70 (iii) 216 (iv) none of these

(e) The median is :


(i) 3406.98 cm (ii) 3446.98 cm (iii) 3306.98 cm (iv) 3206.98 cm
2. Mr. Avinash is a Maths teacher who is working in some school In his class X, total 80 students
are there. He decided to teach them as per their capabilities. So, he conducted one revision test on
the basis of class IX result. The maximum marks were 50. There were 12 students who scored
less than 10 marks. Shruthi who got 3 marks was handed over a red card as an intimation to work
hard for one month and show improvement, as she scored the least in the class. Anish was
presented a badge of honour for scoring the highest in the class. He scored 48 marks. Best
performer badge given to Anish. Mr. Avinash prepared a frequency distribution table for the data
of the marks obtained by the students in the revision test as follows:

Marks Number of
students
0 – 10 12
10 – 20 16
20 – 30 21
30 – 40 13
40 – 50 18

(a) Find the lower limit of modal class of the frequency distribution obtained by kumar
(i) 10 (ii) 20 (iii) 30 (iv) 40

(b) Find the median class of the distribution.


(i) 10–20 (ii) 20–30 (iii) 30–40 (iv) 40–50

(c) Find the mean marks obtained by the students.


(i) 23.25 (ii) 24.25 (iii) 26.125 (iv) 31.375

(d) Find the range of the marks obtained by the students.


(i) 31 (ii) 37.25 (iii) 41.25 (iv) 45

(e) Mr. Kumar formed Section A for those who scored above 40; Section B for those who scored
between 30 and 40; Section C for those who scored between 20 and 30 and Section D for those who
scored below 20. How many students were there in Section D.
(i) 12 (ii) 16 (iii) 28 (iv) 49

3. Electricity energy consumption is the form of energy consumption that uses electric energy. Global
electricity consumption continues to increase faster than world population, leading to an increase in
the average amount of electricity consumed per person (per capita electricity consumption).
A survey is conducted for 56 families of a Colony A. The following tables gives the weekly
consumption of electricity of these families.

Weekly 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60


consumption(in
units)

No. of families 16 12 18 6 4 0
The similar survey is conducted for 80 families of Colony B and the data is recorded as below:

Refer to data received from Colony A


1. The median
Weekly 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
weekly
consumption(in
consumption is
units)
a) 12 units b)
No. of families 0 5 10 20 40 5 16 units c) 20
units d) None
of these
2. The mean weekly consumption is
a) 19.64 units b) 22.5 units c) 26 units d) None of these
3. The modal class of the above data is I
a) 0-10 b) 10-20 c) 20-30 d) 30-40

Refer to data received from Colony B

4. The modal weekly consumption is


a) 38.2 units b) 43.6 units c) 26 units d) 32 units
5. The mean weekly consumption is
a) 15.65 units b) 32.8 units c) 38.75 units d) 48 units

4. The COVID-19 pandemic, also known as coronavirus pandemic, is an ongoing pandemic of coronavirus
disease caused by the transmission of severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2)
among humans.

The following tables shows the age distribution of case admitted during a day in two different hospitals

Table-1
Age 5-15 15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65

No. of cases 6 11 21 23 14 5

Table-2
Age 5-15 15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65

No. of cases 8 16 10 42 24 12

Refer to table 1
1. The average age for which maximum cases occurred is
a) 32.24 b) 34.36 c) 36.82 d) 42.24
2. The upper limit of modal class is
a) 15 b) 25 c) 35 d) 45
3. The mean of the given data is
a) 26.2 b) 32.4 c) 33.5 d) 35.

Refer to table 2
4. The mode of the given data is
a) 41.4 b) 48.2 c) 55.3 d) 64.6
5. The median of the given data is
a) 32.7 b) 40.2 c) 42.3 d) 48.6

5. Distance Analysis of Public Transport Buses


Transport department of a city wants to buy some Electric buses for the city. For which they wants to
analyse the distance travelled by existing public transport buses in a day.

The following data shows the distance travelled by 60 existing public transport buses in a day.
Daily distance 200-209 210-219 220-229 230-239
travelled (in km)
No. of buses 4 14 26 10

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.


(i) The upper limit of a class and lower limit of its succeeding class is differ by
(a)9
(b) 1
(c) 10
(d) none

(ii) The median class is


(a) 229.5-239.5
(b) 230-239
(c) 220-229
(d) 219.5-229.5

(iii) The cumulative frequency of the class preceding the median class is
(a) 14
(b) 18
(c) 26
(d) 10

(iv) The median of the distance travelled is


(a) 222 km
(b) 225 km
(c) 223 km
(d) none of these

(v) If the mode of the distance travelled is 223.78 km, then mean of the distance travelled by the bus is
(a) 225 km
(b) 220 km
(c) 230.29 km
(d) 224.29 km

6. Electric Scooter Manufacturing Company


An electric scooter manufacturing company wants to declare the mileage of their electric scooters. For this,
they recorded the mileage (km/charge) of 50 scooters of the same model. Details of which are given in the

following table.
Mileage (km/charge) 100 - 120 120 - 140 140 - 160 160 - 180

Number of scooters 7 12 18 13

Based on the above information, answer the following questions.


(i) The average mileage is
(a) 140 km/charge
(b) 150 km/charge
(c) 130 km/charge
(d) 144.8 km/charge

(ii) The modal value of the given data is


(a) 150
(b) 150.91
(c) 145.6
(d) 140.9

(iii) The median value of the given data is


(a) 140
(b) 146.67
(c) 130
(d) 136.6

(iv) Assumed mean method is useful in determining the


(a) Mean
(b) Median
(c) Mode
(d) All of these

(v) The manufacturer can claim that the mileage for his scooter is
(a) 144 km/charge
(b) 155 km/charge
(c) 165 km/charge
(d) 175 km/charge
ANSWERS

SHORT ANSWER TYPE (LEVEL- 1)


1. (a) 50 (b)15 (c)30
2. (a) 45-60 (b)60 (c)19
3. x=2
4. 22.67
5. 29.09
6. 69.43
SHORT ANSWER TYPE( LEVEL 2&3)
1. 40.86
2. 12.875
3. 154
4. 27.23
5. 6.16
6. 138.57
LONG ANSWER TYPE
1. x= 6 & y=6
2. x= 8 & y=7
3. x=7 & y=2
4. f1=29 & f2=18
5. x=8 & y=10
6. median= 6.525 & mean=5.33
CASE STUDY
1. a) i)3000 b)ii) 3500 c) iii) 3250 d)i)130 e)i)3406.98 cm
2. a) ii) 20 b)ii) 20-30 c)iii) 26.125 d)iv) 45 e)iii) 28
3. 1)a)12 units 2)a) 19.64 units 3)c)20-30 4)b)43.6 units 5)c)38.75 units
4.1)c) 36.82 2)d) 45 3)d)35.3 4)a) 41.4 5)b)40.2

Very short questions and answers


Q1. Write the median class of the following distribution.
Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
interval
frequencies 4 4 8 10 12 8 4

Q2.the wickets taken by a bowler in 10 cricket matches are as follows : 2, 6, 4, 5, 0, 2, 1, 3, 2, 3 Find the
mode of the data.
Q3.If mode of a data is 45 and mean is 27, then find the median.
Q4.What is the mean of 1st ten prime numbers?
Q5.The class interval of a given observation is 10 to 20, and then finds the class mark?
Q6.Find mode using an empirical relation when it is given that mean=10.5 and median=9.6
Q7.The weekly household expenditure of families living in a housing colony are shown below, find the
upper limit of the modal class.
Weekly expenditures (in No of families(f)
Rupees)
Upto3000 4
3000-6000 25
6000-9000 31
9000-12000 48
12000-15000 10

Q8.In a continuous frequency distribution the median of a data is 21. If each observation is increased by 5,
then find the new median.
Q9. If the mean of first n natural numbers is 15, then find n.
Q10. Find the median of first ten natural numbers.
Q11.A student scored the following marks in 6 subjects: 30, 19, 25, 30, 27, 30. Find the modal score.
Q12.Find mode of the following items 0, 5, 5, 1, 6, 4, 3, 0, 2, 5, 5, 6.
Q13. Find the mean of first five odd numbers.
Q14. Find the empirical relation between mean,median and mode.
Q15. Find the mean of first 10 natural numbers.
ANSWERS
Answer :1 median class 30-40
Ans .2. mode=2
Ans. 3. Mode= 3median-2 mean
Or, 45=3 median- 2x27
Or, 45 +54= 3 median
Or, 3 median=99
Or, median= 33
Ans.4. 1st ten prime numbers are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29
Mean = (2+3+5+7=11=13+17+19+23+29)/10=129/10= 12.9
Ans.5.class mark = (upper limit+Lower limit)/2 = (10+20)/2=30/2=15
Ans.6. Mode= 3 median – 2 Mean
Mode= 3x9.6- 2 x 10.5=28.8-21.0=7.8
Ans.7. maximum frequency=48,
Modal class is 9000-12000
Upper limit=12000
Ans. 8. New median = 21+5=26
Ans. 9. Mean of first n natural number is n(n+1)/2n=15
Or, n +1 = 30
Or, n=30-1
Or, n=29
Ans.10.1st ten natural numbers are : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
N= 10 (even number) median = average of the 5th and 6th term=( 5+6)/2=11/2=5.5
Ans.11. modal score =30
Ans. 12. Mode=5
Ans. 13. Mean = (1+3 +5+7+9)/5= 25/5=5
Ans. 14. The empirical relation between mean ,median and mode is
Mode= 3median- 2 mean.
Ans.15. mean of 1st ten natural number is =(1+ 2+ 3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10)/10
= (10x11)/(2x10)=11/2=5.5
We know that, 1+ 2+3+………+n= n(n+1)/2

20 MCQ questions having 5 assertion and reasoning

Q1. The relationship among mean, median and mode is


(a)Mode =3 Median - 2 Mean (b) 3Mode = Median - 2 Mean (c
) Mode =2Median - 3 Mean (d) 2Mode =3 Median - Mean
Q2. If the difference of Mode and Median of a data is 24, then the difference of Median and Mean is
(a)8 (b) 12 (c ) 24 (d)36
Q3. The upper limit of the modal class of the following frequency distribution:
Class 0-5 6-11 12-17 18-23 24-29
frequency 13 10 15 8 11

(a) 15.5 (b) 16.5 (c ) 17.5 (d)18.5


Q4.The modal class for the frequency distribution given below is:
Class 0-5 6-11 12-17 18-23 24-29
frequency 13 10 15 8 11

(a)11.5 - 17.5 (b) 5.5 - 11.5 (c ) 17.5 - 22.5 (d) none of these
Q5.Find the class marks of the class 45 – 60
(a)51.5 (b) 52.5 (c )50.5 (d)45.5
Q6.For the following distribution the median class is:
Marks obtained Number of students
Below 10 3
Below 20 12
Below 30 27
Below 40 57
Below 50 75
Below 60 80

(a)40-50 (b) 20-30 (c ) 30-40 (d)40-50


Q7. The mode and mean is given by 7 and 8 respectively. Then the median is
(a)33 (b) 1/13 (c ) 13/3 (d)23/3
Q8. The mean of 4, 10, 5, 9, and 12 is:
(a)8 (b) 9 (c ) 10 (d)15
Q9. The median of the data 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20 is:
(a)30/2 (b) 33/2 (c ) 31/2 (d) 29/2
Q10. The class interval of given observation is 10-15, then the class mark for this interval is:
(a)10.5 (b) 11.5 (c ) 12.5 (d)13.5
Q11.If the sum of frequencies is 24, then the value of x in the observation: x, 5, 6, 1, 2, will be:
(a)4 (b) 6 (c ) 8 (d)10
Q12.The mean of following distribution is:
xi 11 14 17 20
fi 3 6 8 7
(a)16.4 (b) 14.8 (c ) 17 (d)15.6
Q13. Construction of a cumulative frequency table is useful in determining the
(a)Mean (b) Median (c ) Mode (d)All of these
Q14.For finding the popular size of readymade garments which central tendency is used?
(a)Mean (b) Median (c ) Mode (d)None of these
Q15. In a frequency distribution, the mid value of a class is 10, and the width of the class is 6. The lower
limit of the class is:
(a)6 (b) 7 (c ) 8 (d)12
Q16.Assertion and reasoning:
Assertion: The mode of the call received on 7 consecutive day 11,13,13,17,19,23,25 is 13
Reason: Mode is the value that appears most frequent
(a)Both Assertion and Reason are correct and reason is correct explanation for the assertion
(b)Both Assertion and Reason are correct but reason is not correct explanation for the assertion
(c)Assertion is correct but the reason is false
(d)Both Assertion and Reason are false.

Q17. Assertion: class width =upper class limit- lower class limit
Reason: Class mark = (Upper class limit + Lower class limit)/2
(a)Both Assertion and Reason are correct and reason is correct explanation for the assertion
(b)Both Assertion and Reason are correct but reason is not correct explanation for the assertion
(c )Assertion is correct but the reason is false
(d)Both Assertion and Reason are false.

Q18. Assertion: If the median of the given data 26, 29, 42, 53, x, x+2, 70, 75, 82, 93, is 65 then the value of
x is 64
Reason: When the number of observations (n) is odd the median is the value of the {(n+1)/2}th observation.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and reason is correct explanation for the assertion
(b)Both Assertion and Reason are correct but reason is not correct explanation for the assertion
(c )Assertion is correct but the reason is false
(d)Both Assertion and Reason are false.

Q19.Assertion: Median of 51, 70, 65, 82, 60, 68, 62, 95, 55, is 65
Reason: when n observations are arranged in an ascending order and n is odd, then median = value of ½
(n+1)th observation.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and reason is correct explanation for the assertion
(b)Both Assertion and Reason are correct but reason is not correct explanation for the assertion
(c)Assertion is correct but the reason is false
(d)Both Assertion and Reason are false.

Q20. Assertion: If the mean of the observation x, x+3, x+5, x+7, and x +10 is 9, then the value of x=4
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑒 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜
Reason: Mean = 𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and reason is correct explanation for the assertion
(b)Both Assertion and Reason are correct but reason is not correct explanation for the assertion
(c )Assertion is correct but the reason is false
(d)Both Assertion and Reason are false.

Solutions:
1) (a)The relation among mean, median and mode is mode= 3 Median -2 Mean
2) (b) mode= 3 median-2 mean,
or, mode-median=2(median-mean)
or, 24/2=median-mean
i.e. median-mean =12
3) (c ) 17.5, because modal class is 12-17 its continuous class boundary is 11.5-17.5 so, upper limit is
17.5
4) (a) modal class boundary is 11.5-17.5
5) (b)52.5, because class mark= (upper limit + lower limit)/2
Class mark=(45 +60)/2=105/2=52.5
6) (c )30-40, because n=80, n/2=80/2=40, median class is 30-40
7) (d)23/2,because, mode=3 median-2 mean
or, 7=3 median-2x8
or, 3 median=16+7
or, median=23/3
8) (a )8, because , Mean=( sum of the observations)/(total number of observations)
Or, Mean=(4+10+5+9+12)/5=40/5=8
9) (b)33/2, because, here n= 6 even number so, median= average of 3rd and 4th term=(16+17)/2=33/2
10) (c ) 12.5, because class mark= ( upper limit+ lower limit)/2= (10+15)/2=25/2=12.5

11) (d)10, because sum of frequencies = x + 5 +6 +1+2=x+14 according to question, x+14=24, so, x=24-
14=10.
∑ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 33+84+136+140 393
12) (a)16.4 because , mean= ∑ 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 = 3+6+8+7 = 24 =16.4
13) (b) Median, because to find median we need the cumulative frequencies
14) (c ) Mode, because for finding the maximum uses of any objects we require mode as it gives the
value of observation that occur most frequently. For finding the most popular size of readymade
garments mode is the best use of central tendency
15) (b)7, let x be the upper limit and y be the lower limit. Mid value is 10
so, (x + y)/2=10
or, x+ y=20--------(1) and width is 6 ,i.e. x-y=6-------(2) so, adding (1) and (2) we get, 2x=26, so,
x=13 and y=7 so, lower limit is 7
16) (a), because mode is the observation which occurs maximum so, 13 is the observation which occurs
twice the most other observation occurs only once., hence both assertion and reasoning are correct
and reason is the correct explanation for the assertion. So, option (a) is the correct.
17) (b) Here, both assertion and reason are correct but reason is not the correct explanation for the
assertion, so, option (b) is the correct answer.
18) (c), here total number of observation is 10(even), so median is the average of 5th and 6th observation,
here, (x+x+2)/2= 65, so, 2x+2=130, so, 2x=128, x=128/2=64 so, median=64 which is correct. Bur
reason is not correct because when the number of observation ‘n” is even the median is average of
(n/2)th observation and (n/2 +1)th observation . so, option (c ) is the correct answer.
19) (a), Here rearranging the observation in ascending order we get, 51, 55, 60, 62, 65, 68, 70, 82, 95,
there are total 9 observation, so, middle term will be (9+1)/2 = 10/2= 5th observation so, median is
65. Thus, assertion is correct as well as reason is also correct and the reason is the correct
explanation for the assertion. So, option (a) is the correct answer.
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑒 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜
20) (a) Here, Mean = 𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 =(x +x +3 +x+5 +x +7 +x +10)/5, so, (5x+25)/5=9 so,
5x+25=45 so, 5x=45-25=20, so, 5x=20 so, x=4, which is correct
Thus, both assertion and the reason are correct and the reason is the correct explanation for the
assertion.
CHAPTER- 15
PROBABILITY
CHAPTER SUMMARY
Trial: An attempt of an experiment is called a trial.
Outcome: The result of a trial of an experiment is called an outcome.
Sample Space:
A collection of all possible outcomes of an experiment is known as sample space. It is denoted by ‘S’ and
represented in curly brackets.
 Examples of Sample Spaces:
Consider the experiment of tossing a coin. Then the sample space is S = {H, T}
Total number of outcomes = 2
Dice:
• A dice is a small cube which has between one to six spots or numbers on its sides, which is
used in games like ludo, snake and ladders etc.

• On rolling a die, we can have 6 outcomes. The sample space will be, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
• If a pair of dice are thrown, then there are 6 × 6 = 36 different possible outcomes.

Cards:
A deck of 52 playing cards has 4 different suits.

There are 13 cards in each suit.

There are 3 face cards (i.e J- Jack, Q- Queen, K- King) in each suit and 12 face cards in all. There
is 1 Ace card in each suit and 4 Ace cards in all.
EVENT: An event is sub collection of sample space. It may have some or all possible outcomes
from a sample space.

 Probability: It is the numerical measurement of the degree of certainity.


If “E” is an event associated with an experiment such that total number of outcomes are “n” and
“m” of these are favourable to the event E then the probability of occurrence of the event E is
𝑚𝑚
defined by P(E)= .
𝑛𝑛
𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝐟𝐟𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝐄𝐄
𝑷𝑷(𝑬𝑬) =
𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚 𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝐢𝐢𝐢𝐢 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞

 If P(E) = 1, then E is called a ‘Certain Event’ or “Sure Event”.


 If P(E) = 0, then E is called an ‘Impossible Event’.
 The probability of an event E is a number P(E) such that: 0 ≤ P(E) ≤ 1.
 An event having only one favourable outcome is called an Elementary event. If there are “n”
number of total outcomes, then there are “n” elementary events.
 The sum of the probabilities of all the elementary events of an experiment is 1.
 If “E” is any event then the event “not E” or “Complement of E” is denoted by “ E ” and is defined
as the collection of all the outcomes which are” not in favour of E”.
 For any event E, P(E) + P(not E) = 1 i.e P(E) + P( E ) = 1.

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQ’s)


DIRECTION: In the following questions, each question is followed by 4 options and one of the options
is correct solution of the question. So, choose the correct option from the given 4 options.
Q1. Cards bearing numbers 3 to 20 are placed in a bag and mixed thoroughly. A card is taken out from
the bag at random. What is the probability that the number on the card taken out is an even number?
3 20 1 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
20 3 2 5

Q2. An experiment whose outcomes has to be among a set of events that are completely known but
whose exact outcomes is unknown is a
(a) sample space (b) elementary event (c) random experiment (d) none of these
Q3. If an event cannot occur, then its probability is
3 4
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d) 0
2 5
Q4. A bag contains 15 white and some black balls. If the probability of drawing a black ball from the bag
is thrice that of drawing a white ball, what is the number of blackballs in the bag?
(a) 40 (b) 45 (c) 50 (d) 55
Q5. A girl calculates that the probability of her winning the first prize in a lottery is 8%. If 6,000 tickets
are sold, how many tickets has she bought?
(a) 400 (b) 750 (c) 480 (d) 240
Q6. If the probability of an event is p, then the probability of its complementary event will be
1
(a) p - 1 (b) p (c) 1 - p (d) 1 -
𝑝𝑝

Q7. Which of the following cannot be the probability of an event?


(a) 1.5 (b) 7. 5 (c) 125% (d) All the above.
Q8. Two coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting at least 1 head.
1 3 4
(a) (b) 0 (c) (d)
2 4 3

Q9. A coin is tossed two times. Find the probability of getting at most one tail.
1 3 4
(a) (b) 0 (c) (d)
2 4 3

Q10. The probability of selecting a rotten apple randomly from a heap of 900 apples is 0.18. What is the
number of rotten apples in the heap?
(a) 18 (b) 81 (c) 738 (d) 162
Q11. The P (A) denotes the probability of an event A, then
(a) P (A) < 0 (b) P (A) > 1 (c) 0≤ P(A) ≤ 1 (d) -1≤ P(A) ≤ 1
Q12. If a card is selected from a deck of 52 cards, then the probability of its being a red face card is
1 3 3 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 26 13 13

Q13. What is the probability of getting a sum of 9, when two dice are thrown simultaneously?
1 4 5 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
9 9 9 3

Q14. Two dice are thrown together. The probability that sum of the two numbers will be a multiple of 4,
is:
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 3 8 4

Q15. On a single roll of a die, the probability of getting a number 8 is ..........


(a) 0.5 (b) 0.4 (c) 1 (d) 0

In questions 16 to 20, a statement of assertion(A) is followed by a statement of reason(R). Mark the


correct choice as
(a) Assertion and Reason both are correct statements and Reason is the correct explanation of
Assertion.
(b) Assertion and Reason both are correct statements but Reason is not the correct explanation of
Assertion.
(c)Assertion is correct statement but Reason is wrong statement.
(d)Assertion is wrong statement but Reason is correct statement
Q16. Assertion: If the probability of winning a game is 0.4, the probability of losing a game is 0.6
Reason: P(E) +P (not E) = 1.
Q17. Assertion: A coin is tossed 30 times and head appears 18 times. Then the probability of getting
tail is 12/30.
𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝐟𝐟𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝐄𝐄
Reason: 𝑷𝑷(𝑬𝑬) =
𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧𝐧 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚 𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩𝐩 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝐢𝐢𝐢𝐢 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭 𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞𝐞
Q18. Assertion: In a class of 45 students, 39 passed an examination. If a student is selected at random,
then the probability that the student has not passed the examination is 13/15.
Reason: P(E) + P(not E) = 1.
Q19. Assertion: Card numbered 1 to 15 are put in a box and mixed thoroughly. One card is picked at
7
random from the box. The probability of drawing an even number is .
15
Reason: For any event E, we have 0 ≤ P(E) ≤1
2
Q20. Assertion: The probability of getting a prime number when a die is thrown once is .
3
Reason: Prime numbers on a die are 2,3,5.

VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2 MARKS]


LEVEL 1
Q1. An unbiased die is thrown. What is the probability of getting a number between 3 and 6?
Q2. A single coin is tossed. Find the probability of getting a tail.
Q3. Find the probability of getting a spade from a well shuffled pack of 52 card.
Q4. What is the total number of outcomes when two coins are tossed together?
Q5. When a single letter is selected from the word “PROBABILITY”, find the probability of getting a
vowel.
Q6. Find the probability of getting a king of red colour.
LEVEL 2
Q7. A box contains 3 blue,2 white,5 red marbles. If a marble is drawn at random from the box, find the
probability that the ball drawn will be a red or a blue one.
Q8. A lot of 20 bulbs contain 4 defective ones. One bulb is drawn at random from the lot. What is the
probability that this bulb is not defective?
Q9. Find the probability of getting a face card or an ace.
Q10. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. Find the probability of getting a sum less than 6.
Q11. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. Find the probability of getting a doublet.
Q12. Find the probability of getting exactly three tails when one coin is tossed twice.
LEVEL 3
Q13. Five cards—the ten, jack, queen, king, and ace of diamonds, are well-shuffled with their face
downwards. One card is then picked up at random.
(ii) What is the probability that the card is the queen?
(ii) If the queen is drawn and put aside, what is the probability that the second card picked up is
(a) an ace?
Q14. Five cards- the ten, king, queen, ace and jack of diamonds are removed from a well shuffled deck of
52 cards. One card is drawn at random. Find the probability of getting either a heart or a spade card.
Q15. One ticket is drawn at random from a bag containing tickets numbered 1 to 40. Find the probability
that the selected ticket has a number which is a multiple of 5.
Q16. If a number x is chosen at random from the numbers -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, Then, find the probability that
𝑥𝑥 2 < 2.
Q17. A number is chosen at random from the numbers -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Then find the
probability that square of this number is less than or equal to 1.
Q18. If three different coins are tossed together, then What is the probability of getting two heads?
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [3 MARKS]
LEVEL-1
Q1. A die is thrown twice. Find the probability that
(i) 5 will come up at least once. (ii) 5 will not come up either time.
Q2. From a pack of 52 playing cards, Jacks, Queens and Kings of red colour are removed. From the
remaining, a card is drawn at random. Find the probability that drawn card is
(i) a black king, (ii) a card of red colour, (iii) a card of black colour.
Q3. Three distinct coins are tossed simultaneously once. Find the probability of getting:
(i) at least one tail, (ii) no tail
Q4. From all the two-digit numbers a number is chosen at random. Find the probability that the chosen
number is a multiple of 7.
Q5. Cards numbered 1 to 30 are put in a bag. A card is drawn at random. Find the probability that the
drawn card is
(i) prime number > 7 (ii) not a perfect square (iii) not divisible by 3
Q6. One card is drawn from a well shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of getting
(i) Non face card, (ii) Black king or a red queen, (iii) Spade card.
LEVEL-2
Q7. Two dice are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting
(i) an even number on both dice. (ii) the sum of two numbers more than 9.
Q8. In a family of three children, find the probability of having at least two boys.
Q9. A box consists of 100 shirts of which 88 are good, 8 have minor defects and 4 have major defects.
Ramesh, a shopkeeper will buy only those shirts which are good but ‘Kewal’ another shopkeeper will not
buy shirts with major defects. A shirt is taken out of the box at random. What is the probability that:
(i) Ramesh will buy the selected shirt?
(ii) Kewal will buy the selected shirt?
Q10. Two unbiased coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting:
(i) at least one head, (ii) at most one head, (iii) no head.
Q11. Two dice are rolled once. Find the probability of getting such numbers on two dice whose product is
a perfect square.
Q12. Two different dice are thrown together. Find the probability of:
(i) getting a number greater than 3 on each die.
(ii) getting a total of 6 or 7 of the numbers on two dice.
LEVEL-3
Q13. Find the probability that 5 Sundays occur in the month of November of a randomly selected year.
Q14. Two dice are numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3 respectively. They are thrown and the sum
of the numbers on them is noted. What is the probability of getting even sum
Q15. Three-digit numbers are made using the digits 4, 5 and 9 (without repetition). A number among
them is selected at random, what is the probability that the number will
(i) be a multiple of 5. (ii) be a multiple of 9. (iii) end with 9.
Q16. What is the probability that a randomly taken leap year has exactly 52 Sundays?
Q17. John and Tom are friends. What is the probability that both will have (ignoring a leap year)
(i) the same birthday? (ii) different birthdays?
Q18. A piggy bank contains hundred 50 p coins, seventy ₹ 1 coin, fifty ₹ 2 coin and thirty ₹ 5 coins. It is
equally likely that one of the coins will fall out when the bank is turned upside down. What is the
probability that the coin
(i) will be Rs 1 coin (ii) will not be Rs 5 coin
(iii) will be 50 p coin or Rs 2 coin

LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [5 MARKS]


LEVEL-1
Q1. A box contains cards bearing numbers from 6 to 70. If one card is drawn at random from the box,
find the probability that it bears,
(i) a one-digit number. (ii) a number divisible by 5.
(iii) an odd number less than 30. (iv) a composite number between 50 and 70.
Q2. Cards marked with numbers 3, 4, 5, .........50 are placed in a bag and mixed thoroughly. One card is
drawn at random from the bag. Find the probability that number on the card drawn is:
(i) divisible by 7. (ii) a perfect square. (iii) a multiple of 6.
(iv) a prime number. (v) an odd number.
Q3. A box contains 35 blue, 25 white and 40 red ‘marbles. If a marble is drawn at random from the box,
find the probability that the drawn marble is
(i) white (ii) not blue (iii) neither white nor blue.
LEVEL-2
Q4. Two different dice are thrown together. Find the probability that the numbers obtained have
(i) even sum, and (ii) even product.
Q5. A number x is selected at random from the numbers 1, 2, 3 and 4. Another number y is selected at
random from the numbers 1, 4, 9 and 16. Find the probability that product of x and y is less than 16.
Q6. Jayanti throws a pair of dice and records the product of the numbers appearing on the dice. Pihu
throws 1 dice and records the squares the number that appears on it. Who has the better chance of getting
the number 36? Justify?

LEVEL-3
Q7. The probability of selecting a blue marble at random from a jar that contains only blue, black and
1 1
green marbles is . The probability of selecting a black marble at random from the same jar is . If the jar
5 4
contains 11 green marbles, find the total number of marbles in the jar.
𝑎𝑎
Q8. In Figure, a disc on which a player spins an arrow twice. The fraction is formed, where a is the
𝑏𝑏
number of sector on which arrow stops on the first spin and ‘b’ is the number of the sector in which the
arrow stops on second spin, On each spin, each sector has equal chance of selection by the arrow. Find
𝑎𝑎
the probability that the fraction > 1.
𝑏𝑏
Q9. A bag contains 20 balls out of which x balls are red.
(i) If one ball is drawn at random from the bag, find the probability that it is not red.
5
(ii) If 4 more red balls are out into the bag, the probability of drawing a red ball will be times the
4
probability of drawing a red ball in the first case. Find the value of x.

CASE-STUDY BASED QUESTIONS [4 MARKS]

Q1. Rohit wants to distribute chocolates in his class on his birthday. The chocolates are of three types:
Milk chocolate, White chocolate and Dark chocolate.
If the total number of students in the class is 54 and everyone gets a chocolate, then answer the following
questions.

(i) If the probability of distributing milk chocolates is 1/3, then find the number of milk
chocolates Rohit has.
(ii) If the probability of distributing dark chocolates is 4/9, then find the number of dark
chocolates Rohit has.
(iii) What is the probability of distributing white chocolates.
OR
What is the probability of distributing both milk and white chocolates.

Q2. Five friends and one of their mothers are having a picnic. The
mother deicide to play card game. 17 cards numbered 1, 2, 3 ... 17
are put in a box and mixed thoroughly. The mother asks each boy
to draw a card and after each draw she shows some magic tricks
based on card number.
(i) What is the probability of drawing an odd number card
in the first draw by the first boy?
(ii) Now in second draw, card drawn in first draw is
replaced. What is the probability of drawing a prime number card by the second boy?
(iii)If in second draw, boy got number 2 and the card is not replaced, what is the probability of
drawing a card bearing a multiple of 3 greater than 5 by the third boy?
(iv) If the card is replaced after the third draw, what is the probability of drawing a card bearing a
number greater than 17 by the fourth boy?
(v) If the card is replaced after the fourth draw, what is the probability of drawing a card bearing a
multiple of 3 or 7 by the fifth boy?
Q3. A game at a stall in new year carnival involves spinning a wheel first as a
first step to complete the game with certain rules. If the wheel stops at a
particular number, then the player is allowed to roll a 6 faced unbiased dice.
Rules of Game:
I. If the wheel stops at a particular number, then the player is allowed to roll a unbiased dice.
II. If the wheel stops at any other number, player get to try again and only one extra try allowed.
III. If player reach the next stage and roll a dice, he may get a prize depending on the number on dice.
(i) What is the probability of getting an even number on the wheel?
(ii) If getting an odd number on the wheel allows a player to roll the die, then what is the
probability of his rolling the die?
(iii)If the player is allowed to roll the dice and getting a number greater than 4 entitles him to get
prize, what is the probability of his winning the prize?
(iv) If getting a square number on the wheel allows a player to roll the dice, then what is the
probability of his rolling the dice?
(v) If the player is allowed to roll the die and getting a prime number on die entitles him to get
prize, then what is the probability of his winning the prize?

Q4. Deepika Kumari is an Indian athlete who competes in the event


of archery, is currently ranked World No. 9, and is a former world
number one. She won a gold medal in the 2010
Commonwealth games in the women’s individual recurve event. She
also won a gold medal in the same competition in the women’s
team recurve event along with Dola Banerjee and
Bombayala Devi. Kumari qualified for the 2012 Summer Olympics
in London, where she competed in the Women’s Individual and
Women’s team events, finishing in eighth place in the latter.
Deepika can hit the rectangular target shown 100% of the time at a range of 80 m. Assuming the
probability the target is hit is related to its area, answer the following.
(i) What is the probability that Deepika hits within the triangle?
(ii) What is the probability that Deepika hits within the circle?
(iii) What is the probability that Deepika hits within the circle but outside the triangle?
(iv) What is the probability that Deepika hits within the rectangle but outside the circle?

Q5. Insurance: An insurance company selected 1000 drivers at random in a particular city to determine a
relationship between age and accidents. The data obtained are listed in following table.

Compute the probabilities of the following events for a driver chosen at random in the city:
(i) E1 : being under 20 years old and having exactly three accidents in 1 year
(ii) E2 : being 30–39 years old and having one or more accidents in 1 year
(iii) E3 : having no accidents in 1 year
(iv) E4 : being under 20 years old or having exactly three accidents in 1 year.
Q6.

Abhinav Bindra is retired sport shooter and currently India’s only individual Olympic gold medalist. His
gold in the 10-meter air rifle event at the 2008 Summer Olympics was also India’s first Olympic gold
medal since 1980. He is the first Indian to have held concurrently the world and Olympic titles for the
men’s 10-meter air rifle event, having earned those honors at the 2008 Summer Olympics and the 2006
ISSF World Shooting Championships. Bindra has also won nine medals at the Commonwealth Games
and three gold medals at the Asian Games.
A circular dartboard has a total radius of 8 inch, with circular bands that are 2 inch wide, as shown in
figure. Abhinav is still skilled enough to hit this board 100% of the time so he always score at least two
points each time he throw a dart.

Assume the probabilities are related to area, on the next dart that he throw.
(i) What is the probability that he score at least 4?
(ii) What is the probability that he score at least 6?
(iii) What is the probability that he hit bull’s eye?
(iv) What is the probability that he score exactly 4 points ?

ANSWER KEY
(MCQ)
1(c) 2(c) 3(d) 4(b) 5(c) 6(c) 7(d) 8(c) 9(a) 10(d)
11(c) 12(b) 13(a) 14(d) 15(d) 16(a) 17(b) 18(d) 19(b) 20(d)

VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [2 MARKS]

L1 1
Q1 ( )
1
Q2 ( ) Q3 ( )
1
Q4 (4)
4
Q5 ( )
1
Q6 ( )
3 2 4 11 26
L2 4
Q7( )
4
Q8 ( ) Q9 ( )
4 5
Q10 ( ) Q11 ( )
1 1
Q12 ( )
5 5 13 18 6 4
L3 1 1
Q13( , ) Q14 ( )
26
Q15 ( )
1 3
Q16 ( ) Q17 ( )
3 3
Q18 ( )
5 4 47 5 5 11 8

SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [3 MARKS]


LEVEL-1 Q1 (i)
11
Q2. (i)
1
Q3. (i)
7
Q4.
13
Q5. (i)
1
Q6. (i)
10
36 23 8 90 5 13
25 10 1 5 1
(ii) (ii) (ii) (ii) (ii)
36 23 8 6 13
13 2 1
(iii)
23
(iii) (iii)
3 4
LEVEL-2 Q7. (i)
1
Q8.
1
Q9. (i)
22
Q10. (i)
3
Q11.
2
Q12. (i)
1
4 2 25 4 9 4
1 24 3 11
(ii) (ii) (ii) (ii)
6 25 4 36
1
(iii)
4
LEVEL-3 Q13.
2
Q14.
1
Q15. (i)
1
Q16.
5
Q17. (i)
1
Q18. (i)
7
7 2 3 7 365 25

(ii) 1 (ii)
364
(ii)
22
365 25
1
(iii) 3
3 (iii)
5

LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS [5 MARKS]


LEVEL-1 Q1 (i)
4
(ii)
1
Q2. (i)
7
(ii)
1
(iii)
1
Q3. (i)
1
(ii)
13
65 5 48 8 6 4 20
12 3 14 1 2
(iii) (iv) (iv) (v) (iii)
65 13 48 2 5

LEVEL-2 Q4. (i)


1
(ii)
3
Q5.
1 Q6. Pihu (based on
2 4 2
respective probabilities)
LEVEL-3 Q7. 20 marbles Q8.
5
Q9. (i)
20−𝑥𝑥
12 20

(ii) 𝑥𝑥 = 8

CASE BASED QUESTIONS [4 MARKS]

Q1 (i) 18 (ii) 24 (iii)


2
OR
5
9 9
Q2 (i)
9
(ii)
7
(iii)
1 (iv) 0 (v)
7
17 17 4 16
Q3 (i)
1
(ii)
1
(iii)
1
(iv)
1
(v)
1
2 2 3 4 2
Q4 (i)
7
(ii)
11
(iii)
5
(iv)
7
36 18 12 18
Q5 (i) 0.35 (ii) 0.118 (iii) 0.277 (iv) 0.309
Q6 (i)
9
(ii)
1
(iii)
1
(iv)
5
16 4 16 16

*******************************

You might also like